i+am+like+someone

εἰς prep. w. acc. (Hom.+; s. the lit. under ἀνά, beg., also ATheimer, Die Präp. εἰς, ἐν, ἐκ im NT: Progr. z. 24. u. 29. Jahresbericht des niederösterr. Landes-Real-u. Obergymnasiums Horn 1896; 1901; AOepke, TW II 418–32), indicating motion into a thing or into its immediate vicinity or relation to something.

① extension involving a goal or place, into, in, toward, to

ⓐ into, toward, to after verbs of going, or those that include motion toward a place (also after subst. as ἄφιξις Tat. 37, 1 or πορεία 38, 1); so after ἄγω, ἀκολουθέω, ἀναβαίνω, ἀνάγω, ἀναχωρέω, ἀνέρχομαι, ἄπειμι, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀποδημέω, ἀποπλέω, γίνομαι δεῦρο, διαβαίνω, διαπεράω, διασῴζω, διέρχομαι, διώκω, εἰσάγω, εἴσειμι, εἰσέρχομαι, εἰσπορεύομαι, ἐκπηδάω, ἐκπλέω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐμβαίνω, ἐμβάλλω, ἐνδύνω, ἐξέρχομαι, ἐπανάγω, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιστρέφω, ἔρχομαι (s. Goodsp., Probs. 56f), εὐθυδρομέω, ἥκω, καθίζω, καταβαίνω (s. Goodsp., Probs. 52–54), κατάγομαι, καταντάω, καταπλέω, καταφεύγω, κατέρχομαι, μεταβαίνω, ὁρμάω, παραβάλλω, παραγίνομαι, πέτομαι, πλέω, πορείαν ποιοῦμαι, πορεύομαι, προάγω, συμβάλλω, συνάγομαι, συναναβαίνω, συνέρχομαι, ὑπάγω, ὑποστρέφω, ὑποχωρέω, φεύγω, χωρέω; s. these entries.

α. extension toward, in the direction of, a specific place to be reached. Hence w. nouns that denote an accessible place εἰς τὸν οἶκον into the house Mt 9:7; synagogue Ac 17:10; heaven Lk 2:15; abyss 8:31. φεύγειν εἰς τὰ ὄρη Mk 13:14. W. names of places and countries to Spain Ro 15:24, 28. εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ vs. 25 al. Also on, in εἰς (τὰς) ὁδούς Lk 14:23; Mt 10:5, 10; εἰς ὁδόν Mk 6:8; 10:17. εἰς ἀγρόν 16:12. In another sense ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος 3:13; Mt 15:29.—In the vicinity of, near, to (Jos., Vi. 115 εἰς τ. κώμην) εἰς (τὴν) θάλασσαν Mk 7:31; 3:7 v.l.; Mt 17:27. εἰς πόλιν (Hdt. 2, 169; 4, 200, 1; Diod S 15, 32, 2 παραγενόμενος εἰς πόλιν) J 4:5; cp. vs. 28. εἰς τό μνημεῖον 11:31, 38; 20:1, 3f (cp. vs. 6). ἐγγίζειν εἰς (Tob 11:1) Mt 21:1; Mk 11:1; Lk 18:35; 19:29. εἰς τοὺς φραγμούς to the hedges 14:23. κλίνειν τὸ πρόσωπον εἰς τ. γῆν toward the ground 24:5.

β. with focus on the area within the point reached. After verbs of sending, moving, etc., which result in movement or include a movement of the body to, into, among εἰς τὴν πόλιν into the city Mt 26:18 al.; boat Mt 8:23; J 6:17; world J 1:9; εἰς τ. ναόν 2 Th 2:4; εἰς (τὸ) μέσον (Sir 27:12; cp. 48:17): ἔστη εἰς τὸ μέσον (X., Cyr. 4, 1, 1), he (came and) stood among them J 20:19, 26; cp. Mk 14:60; Lk 6:8, also ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μ. get up and come here Mk 3:3.—δέχεσθαι εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας take in (into) one’s arms Lk 2:28 (cp. Jos., Ant. 8, 28).

γ. of movement directed at a surface of an area on, in: of striking (PRyl 145, 13f [38 A.D.] ἔδωκεν πληγὰς πλείους εἰς πᾶν μέρος τοῦ σώματος=gave many blows all over his body; cp. PTebt 39, 32) τύπτειν εἰς τ. κεφαλήν on the head Mt 27:30 (cp. Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4 ἐμβάλλειν εἰς τ. κεφαλήν). ῥαπίζειν εἰς τὴν σιαγόνα on the cheek 5:39.—εἰς τ. ὄμματα Mk 8:23; εἰς τ. ὁδόν 11:8; ἀναπίπτειν εἰς τ. ἔσχατον τόπον sit in the lowest place Lk 14:10; cp. vs. 8. εἰς τὴν χεῖρα, τοὺς πόδας on his hand, his feet Lk 15:22.

δ. of a position within a certain area be at, be in, be on εἰς is freq. used where ἐν would be expected (s. 1bβ below; for Mark usage s. JO’Rourke, JBL 85, ’66, 349–51)—(Hdt. 7, 239, 1; Diod S 13, 101, 3; 20, 30, 2; Vett. Val. index III p. 394b; PTebt 38, 14 [113 B.C.] εἰς ὸ̔ν ἐνοικεῖ … οἶκον; POxy 294, 6 [22 A.D.]; 929, 12; BGU 385, 5; 423, 7; Kaibel 134; LXX. Cp. GHatzidakis, Einl. in die neugr. Gramm. 1892, 210f; Mlt. 62f, 234f; Rob. 592f; Rdm.² 14; 140; B-D-F §205; EOldenburger, De Or. Sib. Elocutione, diss. Rostock 1903, 26ff) εἰς τ. κοίτην εἶναι Lk 11:7. εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Mk 10:10. οἱ εἰς τ. οἶκόν μου (ὄντες) Lk 9:61. οἱ εἰς μακρὰν (ὄντες) Ac 2:39. καθημένου εἰς τὸ ὄρος Mk 13:3 (cp. Musonius 43, 18 H. καθῆσθαι εἰς Σινώπην). ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν (ὤν) he who is in the field 13:16. γίνεσθαι εἰς τὴν Καφαρναούμ happen in Capernaum Lk 4:23. εἰς συναγωγὰς δαρήσεσθε you will be beaten in the synagogues Mk 13:9. εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον he found himself in A. Ac 8:40 (cp. Esth 1:5 τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν εἰς τ. πόλιν; Gen 37:17). ἀποθανεῖν εἰς Ἰερ. Ac 21:13 (cp. Aelian, VH 7, 8 Ἡφαιστίων εἰς Ἐκβάτανα ἀπέθανε). κατοικεῖν εἰς Ἰερ. Ac 2:5; cp. Mt 2:23; 4:13; Ac 7:4; Hb 11:9 (cp. Thu. 2, 102, 6; X., An. 1, 2, 24; Num 35:33; 2 Ch 19:4). χάριν, εἰς ἣν στῆτε the favor in which you stand 1 Pt 5:12. ἔχειν βιβλίον εἰς τὰς χεῖρας have a book in one’s hands Hv 1, 2, 2. πηλὸς γάρ ἐσμεν εἰς την χεῖρα τοῦ τεχνίτου for we are clay in the hand of the artisan. εἰς ταύτην τὴν πόλιν in this city 2, 4, 3 al.—εἰς=at or on (BGU 845, 20f; τραπέζας … εἰς ἃς ἤσθιον οἱ πτωχοί TestJob 25:5) ὁ ὢν εἰς τ. κόλπον τ. πατρός who leans on the breast (or reclines in the lap) of the Father (=who is on intimate terms w. the Father, s. κόλπος) J 1:18. In AcPlCor 2:35 the prepositions εἰς and ἐν appear to be carefully distinguished: τὰ δεσμὰ εἰς τὰς χείρας ἔχω … καὶ τὰ στίγματα ἐν τῷ σώματί μου.

ε. of presence in an area determined by other objects, esp. after verbs of sending, moving, etc. including ἀπολύω, ἀποστέλλω, βάλλω, βαπτίζω, δέχομαι, δίδωμι, ἐγκεντρίζω, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπέμπω, ἐκχέω, ἐμβάπτω, ἐξαποστέλλω, καθίημι, μεταπέμπομαι, παρακύπτω, πέμπω, χαλάω; s. these entries. ἐμπίπτειν εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς fall among robbers Lk 10:36. εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mk 4:7; εἰς τ. λαόν Ac 4:17 et al., where the transl. depends on the verb in question. πνεύματος ἁγίου … ἀποσταλέντος εἰς αὐτήν (Μαρίαν) sent into her AcPlCor 2:5; cp. 2:10 ἔπεμψεν εἰς τοὺς προφήτας into the prophets; 2:14 κατέπεμψε … εἰς Μαρίαν.—ἔστη εἰς τὸ κριτήριον she stood before the tribunal GJs 15:2 (difft. J 20:19, 26, s. 1aβ).

ⓑ of direction toward something without ref. to bodily motion.

α. w. verbs of looking (fr. Od. 10, 37; Il. 3, 364; LXX) ἀναβλέπειν εἴς τι look up toward someth. (2 Macc 7:28; Sus 35 Theod.) Mk 6:41; Lk 9:16; Ac 22:13; cp. ἀτενίζω, βλέπω, ἐμβλέπω, ὁράω (Just., D. 112, 1).—ἐπαίρειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἴς τινα raise one’s eyes toward someone Lk 6:20.

β. after verbs of saying, teaching, proclaiming, preaching, etc. (Trag.; Hdt. 8:26, 3; Thu. 1, 72, 2; 5, 45, 1 and many later wr., incl. LXX) λαλεῖν εἰς τ. κόσμον say to the world J 8:26. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον εἰς ὅλον τ. κόσμον the gospel in the whole world Mk 14:9. εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 13:10; Lk 24:47. εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Th 2:9. εὐαγγελίζεσθαι εἴς τινα 2 Cor 10:16; 1 Pt 1:25; γνωρίζειν Ro 16:26. ἀπαγγέλλειν τι εἴς τινα Mk 5:14; Lk 8:34. διαμαρτύρεσθαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, μαρτυρεῖν εἰς Ῥώμην bear witness in Jerusalem, Rome Ac 23:11. ἵνα εἰς Νινευὴ μὴ κηρύξῃ AcPlCor 2:29. In these and similar cases εἰς approaches ἐν in mng.; s. 1aδ.

γ. The same is true of βαπτίζεσθαι εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mk 1:9 and νίπτεσθαι εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν J 9:7; these expr. look like exx. of the interchange of εἰς and ἐν, but were orig. formed on the analogy of X., Cyr. 1, 3, 5 ἀποκαθαίρει τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὰ χειρόμακτρα= lit. ‘into the towels’; cp. Epict. 3, 22, 71 ἵνʼ αὐτὸ (sc. τὸ παιδίον) λούσῃ εἰς σκάφην; Alciphron, Ep. 3, 7, 1; Athen. 10, 438e.

② extension in time, to, until, on

ⓐ w. indication of specific time

α. up to which someth. continues εἰς τέλος to the end (Epict. 1, 7, 17) Mt 10:22; 24:13; Mk 13:13. εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν until that day 2 Ti 1:12 (Ath. 2, 1 εἰς … τὴν σήμερον ἡμέραν). εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ Phil 1:10. εἰς Χριστόν until the coming of the Messiah Gal 3:24.

β. for or on which someth. happens μεριμνᾶν εἰς τὴν αὔριον be anxious for tomorrow Mt 6:34; cp. Hs 6, 5, 3; εἰς τὸ μέλλον for the future 1 Ti 6:19. εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον on the next Sabbath Ac 13:42. εἰς ἡμέραν (UPZ 66, 5 [153 B.C.]) for the day Phil 2:16; cp. Eph 4:30; Rv 9:15.

γ. at which someth. takes place (Appian, Mithrid. 74 §321 ἐς ἑσπέραν=in the evening; Epict. 4, 10, 31 αὔριον ἢ εἰς τὴν τρίτην; En 1:1 οἵτινες ἔσονται εἰς ἡμέραν ἀνάγκης) εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν in their time Lk 1:20; εἰς τὸ μέλλον in the future 13:9. εἰς τέλος in the end, finally (Hdt. 3, 403; Gen 46:4; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 18, 2) 18:5 (B-D-F §207, 3 prefers mng. 3 below and ὑπωπιάζω 3; s. also Mlt-Turner 266). εἰς τὸ πάλιν=πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2; s. Schmid I 167; II 129; III 282; IV 455; 625. εἰς ταχεῖαν soon AcPlCor 2:3.

ⓑ to indicate duration of time for, throughout (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 16 Jac. εἰς νύκτα; Arrian, Anab. 4, 30, 1 ἐς τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Just., D. 2, 5 εἰς μακρὰν for a long time) εἰς ἔτη πολλά for many years Lk 12:19. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας (αἰών 1b) forever Mt 21:19; Mk 3:29; 11:14; Lk 1:33; J 8:35 and oft. εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος to the day of eternity 2 Pt 3:18. εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεάς for generation after generation Lk 1:50. εἰς τὸ διηνεκές forever Hb 7:3; 10:1, 12, 14 (cp. Thu. 2, 64, 3 ἐς ἀί̈διον).

③ marker of degree, up to: εἰς τέλος completely, fully, absolutely (s. Just, A I, 44, 12 and on τέλος 2bγ) 1 Th 2:16; B 4:7; 19:11; Hv 3, 7, 2; m 12, 2, 3; Hs 8, 6, 4; 8, 8, 5; 8, 9, 3.—J 13:1 combines in εἰς τέλος the mngs. to the end (s. 2aα above) and to the uttermost (cp. Appian, Mithrid. 58 §239 ἡμῶν ἀμυναμένων ἤδη καὶ ἀμυνουμένων ἐς τέλος=we have defended ourselves up to now and will defend ourselves ἐς τέλος). εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα 2 Cor 10:13, 15 (cp. PVat A 12=Witkowski 36, 12 [168 B.C.] εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα). εἰς περισσείαν 10:15. εἰς ὑπερβολήν (Eur., Hipp. 939; Aeschin., F. Leg. 4) 4:17. εἰς τὸ παντελές (q.v. 2) Lk 13:11; Hb 7:25 (Tat. 6, 1).

④ marker of goals involving affective/abstract/suitability aspects, into, to

ⓐ of entry into a state of being w. verbs of going, coming, leading, etc., used in a fig. sense: ἀπέρχεσθαι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον Mt 25:46 (cp. Sir 41:10). εἰσφέρειν εἰς πειρασμόν 6:13. πορεύεσθαι εἰς θάνατον Lk 22:33. ὑπάγειν εἰς ἀπώλειαν Rv 17:8, 11. βάλλειν εἰς θλῖψιν 2:22. παραδιδόναι εἰς θλῖψιν Mt 24:9; cp. 2 Cor 4:11; Lk 24:20. συγκλείειν εἰς ἀπείθειαν Ro 11:32. ἐμπίπτειν εἰς κρίμα 1 Ti 3:6f; cp. 6:9 (and Ath. 24, 5 εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν πεσόντες παρθένων). ἄγειν εἰς μετάνοιαν Ro 2:4; cp. Hb 2:10 εἰς δόξαν. (Just., A I, 10, 4 εἰς πίστιν; 42, 11 εἰς ἐπίστασιν καὶ ἀνάμνησιν.) αἰχμαλωτίζειν εἰς ὑπακοήν 2 Cor 10:5. ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν Hb 6:6; cp. 2:10. Sim. ἀπάγω, ἀποβαίνω, εἰσέρχομαι, εἰσφέρω, ἐκβάλλω, ἐλευθερόω, ἐπιστρέφω, κατευθύνω, μεταβαίνω, ὁδηγέω et al.; s. these entries.

ⓑ of change from one state to another w. verbs of changing: στρέφειν (Esth 4:17h; 1 Macc 1:39), μεταστρέφειν (Sir 11:31; 1 Macc 9:41; 3 Macc 6:22) τι εἴς τι Rv 11:6; Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); Js 4:9. μεταλλάσσειν Ro 1:26. μετασχηματίζεσθαι (q.v. 2) 2 Cor 11:13f; μετατίθεσθαι εἰς turn away to Gal 1:6.

ⓒ of actions or feelings directed in someone’s direction in hostile or friendly sense (Thu. 1, 38; 66; 130; X., Cyr. 1, 3, 5; Paus. 7, 9, 3; 7, 10, 2; Aelian, VH 11, 10).

α. in a hostile sense (Arrian, Anab. 1, 1, 4; PEleph 1, 9 [311/310 B.C.] κακοτεχνεῖν εἰς Δημητρίαν; UPZ 170b, 47 [127 B.C.]): ἁμαρτάνειν εἴς τινα (Herodian 7, 9, 11; EpJer 12; Jdth 5:20; 11:10) sin against someone Lk 15:18, 21. βλασφημεῖν εἴς τινα (Bel 8 Theod.; Just., D. 122, 2) defame someone Mk 3:29; Lk 12:10; 22:65; θαρρεῖν εἴς τινα 2 Cor 10:1. ψεύδεσθαι εἴς τινα (Sus 55; 59 Theod.) Col 3:9. Also w. nouns and adj. (Paus. 7, 8, 4; PFay 12, 7 [c. 103 B.C.] ἀδικήματα εἴς με; En 97:7 μνημόσυνον εἰς ὑμᾶς κακόν) Ac 6:11; 23:30; Ro 8:7.

β. in a friendly sense: μακροθυμεῖν 2 Pt 3:9. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Ro 12:16. So also πιστεύειν εἴς τινα trust or believe in someone Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42 and oft. (s. πιστεύω 1aε). Also w. nouns (OGI 49, 10 [III B.C.] φιλοτιμία εἰς; 51, 4; UPZ 22, 18 [162 B.C.]; 39, 5 εἰς τὸ θεῖον εὐσέβεια; 2 Macc 9:26 εὔνοια; Tat. 16:2 τῆς εἰς αὐτοὺς [δαίμονας] θρησκείας) ἀγάπη Ro 5:8; 2 Cor 2:4, 8; Col 1:4; 1 Th 3:12. ἐλπίς (2 Macc 9:20; Synes., Ep. 104 p. 264a εἰς τὸν κομήτην ἐ.) Ac 24:15. κοινωνία Phil 1:5 (Tat. 18, 2); πεποίθησις 2 Cor 8:22. δύναμις Eph 1:19. πίστις (Jos., Ant. 16, 48; 18, 334) Ac 20:21; 24:24; 26:18; Col 2:5; and adj. φιλόξενος 1 Pt 4:9; χρηστός Eph 4:32. διακονία Ro 15:31 (cp. the v.l. Ac 12:25 and s. JDupont, NovT 1, ’56, 275–303); 2 Cor 8:4. The context of 1 Pt 1:11 suggests consolation of Christians for the sufferings they endure in a hostile environment, hence REB: sufferings in Christ’s cause; for εἰς Χρ. construed genitivally (UPZ 180a II, 2 [113 B.C.] χωρὶς τοῦ εἰς αὐτὴν οἴκου; PTebt 16:9f contains a restoration of εἰς) s. NRSV ‘sufferings destined for Christ’ (for a parallel expr. in a hostile sense cp. Polyb. 1, 7, 12 τῆς εἰς ἐκείνους τιμωρίας; 1, 69, 7; 38, 1 [4], 13; s. [s.v. ἀνά beg.] Kuhring 13; Rudberg 201).

ⓓ w. the vocation, use, or end indicated for, as: αἱρέομαι εἴς τι 2 Th 2:13. ἀφορίζω Ro 1:1; Ac 13:2. προγράφω Ro 15:4; Jd 4. ἀποστέλλω Hb 1:14. πέμπω Phil 4:16; 1 Th 3:2, 5. ποιῶ τι εἰς 1 Cor 10:31; 11:24. S. also under κεῖμαι, προορίζω, τάσσω, τίθημι.—εἰμὶ εἴς τι serve as someth. (s. εἰμί 6; also ins 134, 33ff fr. the Delphinion at Miletus [I A.D.] 1914; s. Dssm., LO 97, 1 [LAE 123]; Ar. 5, 1 ὕδωρ … εἰς χρῆσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων γέγονε) 1 Cor 14:22; for destruction Col 2:22; as a testimony Js 5:3. Used w. a noun σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἀτιμίαν a vessel meant for honorable, dishonorable use Ro 9:21; cp. vs. 22f; 2 Ti 2:20f; φύλλα τοῦ ξύλου εἰς θεραπείαν Rv 22:2. φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν a light serving as a revelation Lk 2:32. θεράπων εἰς μαρτύριον τῶν λαληθησομένων a servant to bear witness to what would be said Hb 3:5. (Cp. Just., A I, 66, 1 τὸ … εἰς ἀναγέννησιν λουτρόν). W. acc. of pers. (Just., A II, 12, 4 συκοφαντίᾳ τῇ εἰς ἡμᾶς; Tat. 17, 3 τὴν εἰς τοὺς μεμηνότας βοήθειαν) ἡ εἰς ὑμᾶς χάρις the grace meant for you 1 Pt 1:10. διδόναι εἴς τι pay out for someth., money for a field Mt 27:10.

ⓔ w. the result of an action or condition indicated into, to, so that: αὐξάνειν εἰς ναόν grow into a temple Eph 2:21. πληροῦσθαι εἴς τι 3:19. λυπηθῆναι εἰς μετάνοιαν be grieved so that repentance takes place 2 Cor 7:9. Of prayer ἀναβαίνειν εἰς μνημόσυνον Ac 10:4. ὁμολογεῖν εἰς σωτηρίαν confess to salvation = so as to receive salvation Ro 10:10; cp. 1:16; 1 Pt 2:2; εἰς ἔπαινον κτλ. to praise etc. 1 Pt 1:7; εἰς βοήθειαν (1 Ch 12:17; Jdth 6:21; JosAs 23:4) Hb 4:16; cp. 10:39; Rv 13:3; Ro 6:16; 8:15; 13:4, 14; 1 Cor 11:34; 2 Cor 2:16 al.; εἰς κενόν (s. κενός 3) 2 Cor 6:1; Gal 2:2; Phil 2:16; 1 Th 3:5. σχίζειν εἰς δύο tear in two Mt 27:51; Mk 15:38. Cp. GPt 5:20 (cp. Polyb. 2, 16, 11; Lucian, Symp. 44, Tox. 54; 1 Km 15:29; Tob 5:3 S; 1 Macc 9:11; Ath. 18, 3 ᾠὸν … εἰς δύο ἐρράγη). W. subst. inf. foll. so that Ro 1:20; 3:26; 4:18; 6:12; 7:4; 1 Th 3:13; 2 Th 2:10f; Hb 11:3 al.

ⓕ to denote purpose in order to, to (Appian, Liby. 101 §476 ἐς ἔκπληξιν=in order to frighten; Just., A I, 21, 4 εἰς προτροπήν ‘to spur on’) εἰς ἄγραν in order to catch someth. Lk 5:4. εἰς ἀπάντησιν, συνάντησιν, ὑπάντησίν τινι (s. these 3 entries) to meet someone, toward someone Mt 8:34; 25:1; J 12:13. εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς as a witness, i.e. proof, to them Mt 8:4; 10:18; 24:14 al. εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν for forgiveness of sins, so that sins might be forgiven Mt 26:28; cp. Mk 1:4; Lk 3:3; Ac 2:38. εἰς μνημόσυνόν τινος in memory of someone Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; cp. Lk 22:19 al. (εἰς μνημόσυνον En 99:3). εἰς ὅ for which purpose (Hdt. 2, 103, 1) Col 1:29; otherw. 2 Th 1:11 with this in view; εἰς τί; why? (Wsd 4:17; Sir 39:16, 21) Mt 14:31; Mk 14:4; 15:34; Hm 2:5; D 1:5. εἰς τοῦτο for this reason or purpose Mk 1:38; Lk 4:43 v.l.; J 18:37; Ac 9:21; 26:16; Ro 9:17; 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1J 3:8; Hs 1:9 (Just., A I, 13, 3). εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very reason 2 Cor 5:5; Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. W. subst. inf. foll. (X., Ages. 9, 3, Mem. 3, 6, 2; Just., A I, 9, 5) in order to (oft. LXX; neg. μή in order not to; s. B-D-F §402, 2) Mt 20:19; 26:2; 27:31; Mk 14:55 and oft.—εἰς ὁδόν for the journey 6:8.

ⓖ As in Mod. Gk., it is used for the dat., esp. the dat. of advantage, but also= for in general (X., An. 3, 3, 19 τ. ἵππους εἰς ἱππέας κατασκευάσωμεν; Lycurg. 85 διεκαρτέρουν εἰς τ. πατρίδα; UPZ 180a I, 7 [113 B.C.] τὸν εἰς Τάγην οἶκον ᾠκοδομημένον; BGU 37, 4f [51 A.D.] ξύλα εἰς τοὺς ἐλαιῶνάς μου wood for my olive orchards; PLond I, 43, 9 p. 48 [II B.C.]; PTebt 5, 77; POxy 37 I, 9; EpJer 9; Sir 37:7, cp. vs. 8; Jdth 14:2; Bel 3 Theod., vs. 22 LXX) εἰς πάντα τ. λαόν Lk 9:13; cp. 3J 5. εἰς ἡμᾶς Eph 1:19; cp. Col 1:25; 1 Th 4:10; Ro 10:12. χρείαν ἔχειν εἰς τ. ἑορτήν J 13:29; cp. Mk 8:19f; Gal 2:8; 1 Th 2:9; 5:15 et al.—εἰς is commonly used in speaking of the person for whom a payment etc. is made (Dssm., B 113–15; NB 23 [BS 117f; 194f]) 1 Cor 16:1; 2 Cor 8:4; 9:1, 13; Ro 15:26; Ac 24:17. εἰς λόγον τινός in an account for someth. (POxy 275, 19; 21 [66 A.D.]; 496, 10; 530, 15) Phil 4:15; cp. vs. 17. εἰς Χριστόν Phlm 6 prob. in honor of Christ (Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 7, 4 p. 266 εἰς θεούς; Pla., Lysis 205d ᾂδεις εἰς σαυτὸν ἐγκώμιον; Ps.-Pla., Minos 319c; Athen. 15, 667c; Synes., Ep. 75 p. 222b).

⑤ marker of a specific point of reference, for, to, with respect to, with reference to (Arrian, Anab. 6, 26, 3 τοῦτο τὸ ἔργον εἰς καρτερίαν ἐπαινῶ Ἀλεξάνδρου=I praise this deed with regard to Alexander’s endurance; Ath. 31, 1 οὐδὲν χείρους εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον ‘none the worse in respect to excellence’) εὔθετος εἴς τι fit, suitable for someth. Lk 14:35; also εὔχρηστος 2 Ti 4:11. ἡτοιμασμένος ready for 2:21. εὐκαιρέω εἴς τι Ac 17:21. ἱκανόω Col 1:12. ἰσχύω Mt 5:13. περισσεύω 2 Cor 9:8. συνεργέω Ro 8:28. τοῦτο οὐκ εἰς ταύτας τ. ἡμέρας λέγω I say this not with reference to these days Hs 9, 26, 6.—After the verbs ἀπορέομαι, διακρίνομαι, καυχάομαι, παρρησίαν ἔχω, s. these entries. After the adj. ἄκαρπος, ἀκέραιος, βραδύς, σοφός, συνεργός, ὑπήκοος, φρόνιμος, s. these entries. W. acc. of pers. ἀσθενεῖν εἴς τινα be weak toward someone 2 Cor 13:3. εὐδοκεῖν 2 Pt 1:17. λέγειν εἴς τινα say w. reference to someone (Diod S 11, 50, 4; Just., D. 77, 1 εἰς Χριστὸν … εἰρῆσθαι) Ac 2:25.—On Ro 6:17 s. παραδίδωμι 1b end. δέχομαί τινα εἰς ὄνομά τινος Mt 10:41f; s. ὄνομα 1dγא.

⑥ marker of a guarantee, by ὀμνύναι εἴς τι swear by someth. Mt 5:35 (cp. PGiss 66, 8f [early II A.D.] ἐρωτῶ εἰς τὴν τ. θεῶν εὐσέβειαν; but the sole use of εἰς in a series of datives w. ἐν may reflect bilingualism; for prob. Hb. perspective, s. M’Neile, comm. ad loc).

⑦ distributive marker: w. numbers εἰς is distributive ‘-fold’ (cp. ἐστρίς ‘until three times’ Pind., O. 2, 68; GDI IV p. 884, ⁿ62, 36 [IV B.C.]) Mk 4:8 v.l. (otherw. ἐς τετρακοσίους, ἐς ὀγδοήκοντα about 400, about 80: Arrian, Anab. 5, 15, 2; 6, 2, 4; 7, 20, 3).

⑧ The predicate nom. and the predicate acc. are somet. replaced by εἰς w. acc. under Semitic influence, which has strengthened Gk. tendencies in the same direction:

ⓐ predicate nom.

α. w. γίνεσθαι (PFay 119, 34 [100 A.D.] ἵνα μὴ εἰς ψωμίον γένηται; Wsd 14:11; 1 Macc 1:36; 10:70; Jdth 5:10, 18 al.) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:22). ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον Lk 13:19; cp. J 16:20; Ac 5:36; Rv 8:11; 16:19.

β. w. εἶναι (Bar 2:23; Jdth 5:21, 24; Sir 31:10 et al.) Mt 19:5 (Gen 2:24); Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5; 8:10 (in the last 3 pass. OT expressions are also reproduced). Not fr. the OT: 1J 5:8.

γ. λογίζεσθαι εἰς (Wsd 2:16; 1 Macc 2:52) Ro 4:3 (Gen 15:6); cp. 2:26; 9:8. λ. εἰς οὐθέν (Is 40:17; Wsd 3:17; cp. 9:6) Ac 19:27.

ⓑ predicate acc. (Heliod. 6, 14, 1 τ. πήραν εἰς καθέδραν ποιησαμένη=she used the knapsack as a seat; Vett. Val. 59, 7; 1 Macc 10:54; 11:62; Jdth 5:11 al.; JosAs 13:12 παράθου με αὐτῷ εἰς παιδίσκην) ἐγείρειν τινὰ εἰς βασιλέα Ac 13:22 (cp. 1 Km 13:14). ἀνατρέφεσθαί τινα εἰς υἱόν 7:21 (cp. Ex 2:10). τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν 13:47 (cp. Is 49:6). Cp. Mt 21:46; 1 Cl 42:4.—B-D-F §145; 157, 5; Rdm.² 20f; Mlt. 71f; Mlt-H. 462. Johannessohn, Kasus 4f.

⑨ marker of instrumentality, by, with (Arrian, Anab. 5, 12, 3 ἐς ἀκρίβειαν=with care; Vi. Aesopi I G 7 P. νικᾶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν πάντα ψόγον=overcome all censure with piety) εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων Ac 7:53 (=ἐν διαταγαῖς, B-D-F §206, 1). Sim. ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην (1 Km 1:17) Mk 5:34; Lk 7:50; 8:48 (=ἐν εἰρήνῃ). Mlt-Turner 254f.

⑩ Other uses of εἰς

ⓐ at, in the face of μετανοεῖν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα repent at the proclamation Mt 12:41; Lk 11:32; cp. Ro 4:20 and perh. Mt 3:11. JMantey, JBL 70, ’51, 45–48, 309–11 argues for a causal use here because of the proclam., with reff.; against him RMarcus, ibid. 129f; 71, ’52, 43f; JDavis, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 80–88.

ⓑ for βαπτίζω εἰς s. βαπτίζω 2c.

ⓒ μένειν εἰς remain with (PFay 111, 12 [95/96 A.D.]) so perh. J 6:27.

ⓓ in pregnant constructions: σῴζειν εἰς bring safely into 2 Ti 4:18 (cp. X., An. 6, 4, 8; Diod S 2, 48; Cebes 27; SIG 521, 26 [III B.C.], OGI 56, 11; 4 Macc 15:3). διασῴζειν 1 Pt 3:20 (cp. Gen 19:19). μισθοῦσθαι ἐργάτας εἰς τ. ἀμπελῶνα to go into the vineyard Mt 20:1. ἐλευθεροῦσθαι εἰς be freed and come to Ro 8:21. ἀποδιδόναι τινὰ εἰς Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:9 (cp. Gen 37:28). ἔνοχος εἰς τ. γέενναν Mt 5:22; cp. 10:9; Mk 6:8; J 20:7.—DELG. M-M. TW.

παρίστημι/παριστάνω (the word since Hom.+; the later form παριστάνω [Ro 6:13, 16; but παρίστησι 1 Cor 8:8 v.l.; Ath. 33, 1] since Polyb. et al.; Epict. 3, 22, 87; SIG 589, 46 [196 B.C.]; 814, 36 [67 A.D.]; 1109, 76.—B-D-F §93; Mlt-H. 202) pres. inf. παραστᾶν (Tat. 33, 1; Ath. 11, 3), ptc. pl. παριστῶντες (Tat. 1, 3—B-D-F §93); fut. παραστήσω; 1 aor. παρέστησα; 2 aor. παρέστην; pf. παρέστηκα, ptc. παρεστηκώς or παρεστώς; plpf. παρειστήκειν; inf. παρεστάναι (Dt 18:5; PsSol 2:36). Mid.: fut. παραστήσομαι. Pass.: 1 aor. παρεστάθην.

① trans. (pres., impf., fut., 1 aor. act.) to cause to be present in any way

ⓐ place beside, put at someone’s disposal τινά or τί τινι someone or someth. to someone (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 7 Jac.; Socrates of Rhodes [I B.C.]: 192 Fgm. 1 p. 927, 25 Jac. [in Athen. 4, 148b]; Lucian, D. Mar. 6, 2) παραστήσει μοι λεγιῶνας Mt 26:53. τὶ someth. (cp. 2 Macc 12:3 v.l. σκάφη) κτήνη provide riding animals Ac 23:24. For protection παρέστησεν αὐτῇ τοὺς υἱούς αὐτοῦ he placed his sons at her side=Joseph placed Mary in the care of his sons GJs 18:1. Here belongs παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ θεῷ Ro 6:13b. W. dat. and double acc. (of the obj. and the pred.) ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους (εἰς ὑπακοήν) to whomever you yield yourselves as slaves (to obey him; w. acc., followed by εἰς=to or for [s. MTreu, Alkaios ’52, p. 12]) vs. 16; μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ vs. 13a; cp. vs. 19ab.

ⓑ present, represent

α. lit. τινά τινι someone to someone παρέστησαν τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ Ac 23:33. παρθένον ἁγνὴν παραστῆσαι τῷ Χριστῷ 2 Cor 11:2. Of the ‘presentation’ of Jesus in the Temple Lk 2:22 (Billerb. II 120–23. Cp. also Olympiodorus, Life of Plato, ed. AWestermann 1850 p. 1: of Plato, said to be of transcendent origin, λαβόντες οἱ γονεῖς βρέφος ὄντα τεθείκασιν ἐν τῷ Ὑμηττῷ βουλόμενοι ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἐκεῖ θεοῖς … θῦσαι=his parents took him when he was an infant and placed him on Hymettus with the intent to sacrifice … to the gods there). W. dat. of pers., acc. of obj., and pred. acc. οἷς παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα to whom he presented himself alive Ac 1:3; without a dat., which is supplied fr. the context παρέστησεν αὐτὴν ζῶσαν 9:41.

β. fig. παραστήσω σε κατὰ πρόσωπόν σου I will show you to yourself face to face 1 Cl 35:10 (Ps 49:21).

ⓒ ‘present’ becomes almost equivalent to make, render (Plut., Mor. 676c [ἡ πίσσα] τὸν οἶνον εὔποτον παρίστησι) ἵνα παραστήσῃ αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ἔνδοξον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν that (Christ) might render the church glorious before himself Eph 5:27. σπούδασον σεαυτὸν δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ θεῷ 2 Ti 2:15. παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς ἁγίους κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ to make you holy before him Col 1:22. ἵνα παραστήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν Χριστῷ that we may make everyone complete in Christ vs. 28.

ⓓ as a t.t. in the language of sacrifice offer, bring, present (παριστάναι θυσίαν, θύματα etc.: Epici p. 41, 49 B.=p. 19, 16 K.; Polyb. 16, 25, 7; Diod S 3, 72, 1; Lucian, Sacr. 13; Jos., Bell. 2, 89, Ant. 4, 113; SIG 589, 46 [196 B.C.]; 694, 49; 736, 70; OGI 456, 20; 764, 23; 38. The mid. is also used in this way since X., An. 6, 1, 22) fig. παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα θυσίαν ζῶσαν offer bodies as a living sacrifice Ro 12:1.

ⓔ as a legal t.t. bring before (a judge) (Sb 4512, 82 [II B.C.]; OGI 669, 49; BGU 163, 3; 341, 14; 747 II, 26; 759, 22; 1139, 18). Some would prefer to understand 1 Cor 8:8 in this sense: βρῶμα ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ θεῷ food will not bring us before (the judgment seat of) God. Likew. ἡμᾶς ἐγερεῖ καὶ παραστήσει σὺν ὑμῖν he will raise us and bring us, together with you, before him (=before his judgment seat) 2 Cor 4:14. But the forensic mng. is not certain in either of these places, and the sense is prob. bring before God = bring close to God (cp. Rtzst., ZNW 13, 1912, 19f).

ⓕ prove, demonstrate (Lysias 12, 51; X., Oec. 13, 1; Epict. 2, 23, 47; 2, 26, 4; Jos., Ant. 4, 47, Vi. 27; PLips 64, 34) οὐδὲ παραστῆσαι δύνανταί σοι περὶ ὧν νυνὶ κατηγοροῦσίν μου nor can they prove to you the accusations they are now making against me Ac 24:13.—On the 1 aor. pass. Hs 8, 4, 1 s. 2aγ end.

② intr. (mid. and perf., plpf., 2 aor. act., but s. also aγ end) to be present in any way, be present

ⓐ pres., fut., aor. (TestJos 2:6; 20:6; TestSol 6:1 and C 12:1; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 19 [Stone p. 54]; ApcMos 35; Mel., P. 62, 450).

α. approach, come τινί (to) someone (Philo, De Jos. 94) Ac 9:39; 27:23 (Plut., Lysander 444 [20, 7] αὐτῷ κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους παραστῆναι τὸν Ἄμμωνα).—Also as a t.t. of legal usage appear before, come before (s. 1e above.—Chariton 6, 6, 4 παρέστην δικαστηρίῳ) Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι you must appear before the Emperor (as judge) Ac 27:24; cp. 2 Ti subscr. πάντες παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ θεοῦ (v.l. Χριστοῦ) Ro 14:10. πάντας δεῖ παραστῆναι τῷ βήματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ Pol 6:2.

β. of appearing with hostile intent (Appian, Illyr. 17 §51) abs. παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2).

γ. come to the aid of, help, stand by τινί someone (Hom. et al.; X., Cyr. 5, 3, 19 al.; PKöln VI, 245, 22 σὺ δὲ θεὰ παρίστασο ‘and you, Goddess, be at my side’, w. suggestion of a relationship between Athena and Odysseus [for parallels and lit. s. ‘Ptocheia’ or ‘Odysseus in Disguise at Troy’ (=ASP 31), ed. MParca ’91, 59]; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 372 VI, 7; 12; Jos., Bell. 2, 245; SibOr 8, 407) Ro 16:2. ὁ κύριός μοι παρέστη 2 Ti 4:17 (cp. PHerm 125b, 8 [III A.D.] θεὸς παρίσταταί σοι; Jos., Ant. 1, 341; SibOr 3, 705).—The 1 aor. pass. παρεστάθην αὐτῷ Hs 8, 4, 1 is prob. used in act. sense I took a position beside him (so as to be ready for service).

ⓑ perf. and plpf. (En 14:22; PsSol 2:36; TestSol 14:2 al.; TestAbr A 7 p. 84, 29 [Stone p. 16]; Just., D. 9, 1)

α. of personal beings stand ( near or by), be present τινί (with) someone (LXX; TestJob 24:10; Jos., Bell. 2, 281) Ac 1:10; 1 Cl 34:6 (Da 7:10 Theod.). ἐνώπιόν τινος stand before someone (1 Km 16:21; TestAbr A 7 p. 84, 29f [Stone p. 16]) οὗτος παρέστηκεν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ὑγιής Ac 4:10.—Mostly in the ptc.: modifying a noun and followed by an indication of place: ὁ κεντυρίων ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ Mk 15:39 (cp. 1 Macc 11:68 S). Γαβριὴλ ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 1:19 (cp. Jdth 4:14; Tob 12:15 S). Without indication of place (Diod S 17, 66, 7 παρεστὼς Φιλώτας=Philotas, who stood nearby; Diog. L. 2, 102; Aberciusins. 17; EpArist 19) εἷς παρεστηκὼς τῶν ὑπηρετῶν one of the servants who was standing by J 18:22. ἰδὼν τὸν μαθητὴν παρεστῶτα when he saw the disciple standing near 19:26. (ἄγγελοι) λειτουργοῦσιν παρεστῶτες 1 Cl 34:5. παρεστὼς ὁ κύριος MPol 2:2. οἱ παρεστῶτες αὐτῷ those standing near him Ac 23:2.—Subst. οἱ παρεστηκότες (PPetr II, 4, 6, 13 [III B.C.]) or οἱ παρεστῶτες (Diog. L. 9, 27) the bystanders, the spectators, those present Mk 14:47, 69f; 15:35 (vv.ll. παρεστώτων, ἑστηκότων); Lk 19:24; Ac 23:4; in vs. 2 the widely attested rdg. adds a dat.: τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῷ (cp. POxy 1204, 13 ὁ παρεστώς σοι).

β. of a point of time be here, have come (Il. 16, 853; Demosth. 18, 90; 21, 101) παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός the time for the harvest is here Mk 4:29.

γ. as an agricultural t.t. (cp. OGI 56, 68 ὅταν ὁ πρώϊμος σπόρος παραστῇ; PLille 8, 5) someth. like be fully grown σταφυλὴ παρεστηκυῖα a ripe grape (in contrast to ὄμφαξ) 1 Cl 23:4=2 Cl 11:3 (quot. of unknown orig.).—M-M. DELG s.v. ἵημι. TW.

παρίστημι/παριστάνω (the word since Hom.+; the later form παριστάνω [Ro 6:13, 16; but παρίστησι 1 Cor 8:8 v.l.; Ath. 33, 1] since Polyb. et al.; Epict. 3, 22, 87; SIG 589, 46 [196 B.C.]; 814, 36 [67 A.D.]; 1109, 76.—B-D-F §93; Mlt-H. 202) pres. inf. παραστᾶν (Tat. 33, 1; Ath. 11, 3), ptc. pl. παριστῶντες (Tat. 1, 3—B-D-F §93); fut. παραστήσω; 1 aor. παρέστησα; 2 aor. παρέστην; pf. παρέστηκα, ptc. παρεστηκώς or παρεστώς; plpf. παρειστήκειν; inf. παρεστάναι (Dt 18:5; PsSol 2:36). Mid.: fut. παραστήσομαι. Pass.: 1 aor. παρεστάθην.

① trans. (pres., impf., fut., 1 aor. act.) to cause to be present in any way

ⓐ place beside, put at someone’s disposal τινά or τί τινι someone or someth. to someone (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 7 Jac.; Socrates of Rhodes [I B.C.]: 192 Fgm. 1 p. 927, 25 Jac. [in Athen. 4, 148b]; Lucian, D. Mar. 6, 2) παραστήσει μοι λεγιῶνας Mt 26:53. τὶ someth. (cp. 2 Macc 12:3 v.l. σκάφη) κτήνη provide riding animals Ac 23:24. For protection παρέστησεν αὐτῇ τοὺς υἱούς αὐτοῦ he placed his sons at her side=Joseph placed Mary in the care of his sons GJs 18:1. Here belongs παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ θεῷ Ro 6:13b. W. dat. and double acc. (of the obj. and the pred.) ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους (εἰς ὑπακοήν) to whomever you yield yourselves as slaves (to obey him; w. acc., followed by εἰς=to or for [s. MTreu, Alkaios ’52, p. 12]) vs. 16; μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ vs. 13a; cp. vs. 19ab.

ⓑ present, represent

α. lit. τινά τινι someone to someone παρέστησαν τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ Ac 23:33. παρθένον ἁγνὴν παραστῆσαι τῷ Χριστῷ 2 Cor 11:2. Of the ‘presentation’ of Jesus in the Temple Lk 2:22 (Billerb. II 120–23. Cp. also Olympiodorus, Life of Plato, ed. AWestermann 1850 p. 1: of Plato, said to be of transcendent origin, λαβόντες οἱ γονεῖς βρέφος ὄντα τεθείκασιν ἐν τῷ Ὑμηττῷ βουλόμενοι ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἐκεῖ θεοῖς … θῦσαι=his parents took him when he was an infant and placed him on Hymettus with the intent to sacrifice … to the gods there). W. dat. of pers., acc. of obj., and pred. acc. οἷς παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα to whom he presented himself alive Ac 1:3; without a dat., which is supplied fr. the context παρέστησεν αὐτὴν ζῶσαν 9:41.

β. fig. παραστήσω σε κατὰ πρόσωπόν σου I will show you to yourself face to face 1 Cl 35:10 (Ps 49:21).

ⓒ ‘present’ becomes almost equivalent to make, render (Plut., Mor. 676c [ἡ πίσσα] τὸν οἶνον εὔποτον παρίστησι) ἵνα παραστήσῃ αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ἔνδοξον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν that (Christ) might render the church glorious before himself Eph 5:27. σπούδασον σεαυτὸν δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ θεῷ 2 Ti 2:15. παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς ἁγίους κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ to make you holy before him Col 1:22. ἵνα παραστήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν Χριστῷ that we may make everyone complete in Christ vs. 28.

ⓓ as a t.t. in the language of sacrifice offer, bring, present (παριστάναι θυσίαν, θύματα etc.: Epici p. 41, 49 B.=p. 19, 16 K.; Polyb. 16, 25, 7; Diod S 3, 72, 1; Lucian, Sacr. 13; Jos., Bell. 2, 89, Ant. 4, 113; SIG 589, 46 [196 B.C.]; 694, 49; 736, 70; OGI 456, 20; 764, 23; 38. The mid. is also used in this way since X., An. 6, 1, 22) fig. παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα θυσίαν ζῶσαν offer bodies as a living sacrifice Ro 12:1.

ⓔ as a legal t.t. bring before (a judge) (Sb 4512, 82 [II B.C.]; OGI 669, 49; BGU 163, 3; 341, 14; 747 II, 26; 759, 22; 1139, 18). Some would prefer to understand 1 Cor 8:8 in this sense: βρῶμα ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ θεῷ food will not bring us before (the judgment seat of) God. Likew. ἡμᾶς ἐγερεῖ καὶ παραστήσει σὺν ὑμῖν he will raise us and bring us, together with you, before him (=before his judgment seat) 2 Cor 4:14. But the forensic mng. is not certain in either of these places, and the sense is prob. bring before God = bring close to God (cp. Rtzst., ZNW 13, 1912, 19f).

ⓕ prove, demonstrate (Lysias 12, 51; X., Oec. 13, 1; Epict. 2, 23, 47; 2, 26, 4; Jos., Ant. 4, 47, Vi. 27; PLips 64, 34) οὐδὲ παραστῆσαι δύνανταί σοι περὶ ὧν νυνὶ κατηγοροῦσίν μου nor can they prove to you the accusations they are now making against me Ac 24:13.—On the 1 aor. pass. Hs 8, 4, 1 s. 2aγ end.

② intr. (mid. and perf., plpf., 2 aor. act., but s. also aγ end) to be present in any way, be present

ⓐ pres., fut., aor. (TestJos 2:6; 20:6; TestSol 6:1 and C 12:1; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 19 [Stone p. 54]; ApcMos 35; Mel., P. 62, 450).

α. approach, come τινί (to) someone (Philo, De Jos. 94) Ac 9:39; 27:23 (Plut., Lysander 444 [20, 7] αὐτῷ κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους παραστῆναι τὸν Ἄμμωνα).—Also as a t.t. of legal usage appear before, come before (s. 1e above.—Chariton 6, 6, 4 παρέστην δικαστηρίῳ) Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι you must appear before the Emperor (as judge) Ac 27:24; cp. 2 Ti subscr. πάντες παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ θεοῦ (v.l. Χριστοῦ) Ro 14:10. πάντας δεῖ παραστῆναι τῷ βήματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ Pol 6:2.

β. of appearing with hostile intent (Appian, Illyr. 17 §51) abs. παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2).

γ. come to the aid of, help, stand by τινί someone (Hom. et al.; X., Cyr. 5, 3, 19 al.; PKöln VI, 245, 22 σὺ δὲ θεὰ παρίστασο ‘and you, Goddess, be at my side’, w. suggestion of a relationship between Athena and Odysseus [for parallels and lit. s. ‘Ptocheia’ or ‘Odysseus in Disguise at Troy’ (=ASP 31), ed. MParca ’91, 59]; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 372 VI, 7; 12; Jos., Bell. 2, 245; SibOr 8, 407) Ro 16:2. ὁ κύριός μοι παρέστη 2 Ti 4:17 (cp. PHerm 125b, 8 [III A.D.] θεὸς παρίσταταί σοι; Jos., Ant. 1, 341; SibOr 3, 705).—The 1 aor. pass. παρεστάθην αὐτῷ Hs 8, 4, 1 is prob. used in act. sense I took a position beside him (so as to be ready for service).

ⓑ perf. and plpf. (En 14:22; PsSol 2:36; TestSol 14:2 al.; TestAbr A 7 p. 84, 29 [Stone p. 16]; Just., D. 9, 1)

α. of personal beings stand ( near or by), be present τινί (with) someone (LXX; TestJob 24:10; Jos., Bell. 2, 281) Ac 1:10; 1 Cl 34:6 (Da 7:10 Theod.). ἐνώπιόν τινος stand before someone (1 Km 16:21; TestAbr A 7 p. 84, 29f [Stone p. 16]) οὗτος παρέστηκεν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ὑγιής Ac 4:10.—Mostly in the ptc.: modifying a noun and followed by an indication of place: ὁ κεντυρίων ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ Mk 15:39 (cp. 1 Macc 11:68 S). Γαβριὴλ ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 1:19 (cp. Jdth 4:14; Tob 12:15 S). Without indication of place (Diod S 17, 66, 7 παρεστὼς Φιλώτας=Philotas, who stood nearby; Diog. L. 2, 102; Aberciusins. 17; EpArist 19) εἷς παρεστηκὼς τῶν ὑπηρετῶν one of the servants who was standing by J 18:22. ἰδὼν τὸν μαθητὴν παρεστῶτα when he saw the disciple standing near 19:26. (ἄγγελοι) λειτουργοῦσιν παρεστῶτες 1 Cl 34:5. παρεστὼς ὁ κύριος MPol 2:2. οἱ παρεστῶτες αὐτῷ those standing near him Ac 23:2.—Subst. οἱ παρεστηκότες (PPetr II, 4, 6, 13 [III B.C.]) or οἱ παρεστῶτες (Diog. L. 9, 27) the bystanders, the spectators, those present Mk 14:47, 69f; 15:35 (vv.ll. παρεστώτων, ἑστηκότων); Lk 19:24; Ac 23:4; in vs. 2 the widely attested rdg. adds a dat.: τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῷ (cp. POxy 1204, 13 ὁ παρεστώς σοι).

β. of a point of time be here, have come (Il. 16, 853; Demosth. 18, 90; 21, 101) παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός the time for the harvest is here Mk 4:29.

γ. as an agricultural t.t. (cp. OGI 56, 68 ὅταν ὁ πρώϊμος σπόρος παραστῇ; PLille 8, 5) someth. like be fully grown σταφυλὴ παρεστηκυῖα a ripe grape (in contrast to ὄμφαξ) 1 Cl 23:4=2 Cl 11:3 (quot. of unknown orig.).—M-M. DELG s.v. ἵημι. TW.

πείθω (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, EpArist, Philo, Joseph., Test12Patr) impf. ἔπειθον; fut. πείσω; 1 aor. ἔπεισα, impv. πεῖσον; 1 pf. 3 sg. πέπεικε(ν) (Just., D. 53, 5; 58, 2); 2 pf. πέποιθα; plpf. ἐπεποίθειν Lk 11:22 and ἐπεποίθησα Job 31:24 (cp. Judg 9:26 A; Zech 3:3). Mid. and pass. impf. ἐπειθόμην. Pass.: 1 fut. πεισθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐπείσθην; pf. πέπεισμαι; plpf. 1 pl. (ἐ)πεπείσμεθα (Ath. 31, 2).

① act., except for 2 perf. and plpf.: to cause to come to a particular point of view or course of action.

ⓐ convince w. acc. of pers. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 45 al.) ISm 5:1. ἔπειθεν Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας he tried to convince Jews and Gentiles Ac 18:4. πείθων αὐτοὺς περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ trying to convince them about Jesus 28:23 (π. τινὰ περί τινος as Jos., C. Ap. 2, 153). Without acc. πείθων περὶ τῆς βασιλείας 19:8 v.l. With acc. of thing τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 28:23 v.l. and τῆς βασιλείας 19:8 (on acc. of thing cp. Hdt. 1, 163; Pla., Apol. 27, 37a). Abs. (Jos., Vi. 19) πείθων, οὐ βιαζόμενος convincing, not compelling Dg 7:4.—Also of convincing someone of the correctness of the objectionable teachings, almost= mislead (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 1, 22) Ac 19:26. τινά τινι someone with someth. Hs 8, 6, 5.

ⓑ persuade, appeal to, also in an unfavorable sense cajole, mislead (so TestDan 1:8; ApcMos 21; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 201) τινά someone ἀνθρώπους (Ael. Aristid. 34, 19 K.=50 p. 552 D.) 2 Cor 5:11; perh. also Gal 1:10 (but s. c below). Cp. MPol 3:1; 8:2, 3. τινά w. inf. foll. (X., An. 1, 3, 19; Polyb. 4, 64, 2; Diod S 12, 39, 2; 17, 15, 5; Herodian 2, 4, 2; Jos., Ant. 8, 256; Just., A II 2, 10, D. 112, 3; Tat. 21, 3) Ac 13:43; MPol 4; 5:1. ἔπειθεν (sc. αὐτὸν) ἀρνεῖσθαι he tried to induce him to deny 9:2. Perh. this is the place for the textually uncertain pass. Ac 26:28 ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι you lose no time trying to make me play the Christian (cp. the tr. in Beginn. IV 322, w. reff. to 3 Km 20:7 and patristic authors cited in Soph., Lex. s.v. ποιέω 3; s. also Lampe s.v. ποιέω C). Because of apparent misunderstanding of the idiom, this wording is simplified in a widespread v.l. in which ποιῆσαι is replaced with γενέσθαι in a short time you are persuading (or trying to persuade) me to become a Christian (cp. Jos., Vi. 151 πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐπείθοντο=‘they were nearly persuaded’), prob. meant ironically. Bauer considered it prob. that the rdg. of the text be understood as a combination of the two expressions ‘in a short time you are persuading me to become a Christian’ and ‘in a short time you will make me a Christian’, so that the sense is someth. like you are in a hurry to persuade me and make a Christian of me (so Goodsp, Probs. 137f [but it is not clear whether “make” here is to be understood in the sense ‘play the part of’]. S. the lit. s.v. ὀλίγος 2bβ and under 3a below, also AFridrichsen, SymbOsl 14, ’35, 49–52, ConNeot 3, ’39, 13–16 [w. ref. to X., Mem. 1, 2, 49; cp. PBenoit, RB 53, ’46, 303]; DHesseling, Neophilol 20, ’37, 129–34; JHarry, ATR 28, ’46, 135 f; EHaenchen ad loc.). Instead of the inf. we have ἵνα (Plut., Mor. 181a πείθωμεν ἵνα μείνῃ) Mt 27:20 (B-D-F §392, 1e; Rob. 993).

ⓒ win over, strive to please (X., Cyr. 6, 1, 34; 2 Macc 4:45) Ac 12:20. τοὺς ὄχλους 14:19. So perh. also Gal 1:10 (s. b above.—π. τὸν θεόν=persuade God: Jos., Ant. 4, 123; 8, 256; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 64).—BDodd, NTS 42, ’96, 90–104.

ⓓ conciliate, pacify, set at ease/rest (Hom. et al.) τὸν δῆμον (cp. X., Hell. 1, 7, 7 τοιαῦτα λέγοντες ἔπειθον τὸν δῆμον) MPol 10:2. τὴν καρδίαν (v.l. τὰ καρδία) ἡμῶν 1J 3:19 (but the text is not in good order). Conciliate, satisfy Mt 28:14 (unless π. ἀργυρίῳ bribe is meant: schol. on Pla. 18b; 2 Macc 10:20; Jos., Ant. 14, 281; 490).

② The 2 pf. (w. plpf.) has pres. mng. (B-D-F §341; Rob. 881), to be so convinced that one puts confidence in someth.

ⓐ depend on, trust in w. dat. of pers. or thing (Hom. et al.; 4 Km 18:20; Pr 14:16; 28:26; Sir 32:24; Wsd 14:29; Is 28:17) τίνι θεῷ (in) which God Dg 1 (here πέπ. w. dat. almost = believe in, a sense which πέπ. also approximates in the LXX; cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 122). τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου Phil 1:14. τῇ ὑπακοῆ σου Phlm 21. ἐπί τινι (in) someone or someth. (PSI 646, 3 ἐπὶ σοὶ πεποιθώς; LXX; SibOr 3, 545; Syntipas p. 52, 5; Just., D. 8, 2) Mt 27:43 v.l.; Mk 10:24 v.l.; Lk 11:22; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (Is 8:17); B 9:4; ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι 1 Cl 57:7; w. ὅτι foll. (Syntipas p. 32, 6; 35, 7) Lk 18:9. ἐπί τινα (Ps 117:8; Acta Christophori [ed. HUsener 1886] 68, 10) Mt 27:43; 1 Cl 60:1, cp. 58:1; Hm 9:6; Hs 9, 18, 5; w. ὅτι foll. 2 Cor 2:3; 2 Th 3:4. ἔν τινι (Jdth 2:5) (in) someone or someth. Phil 3:3f; w. ὅτι foll. 2:24. εἴς τινα (Wsd 16:24 v.l.) w. ὅτι foll. Gal 5:10.

ⓑ be convinced, be sure, certain foll. by acc. and inf. Ro 2:19. W. ὅτι foll. Hb 13:18 v.l. πεποιθὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅτι being sure of this very thing, that Phil 1:6. τοῦτο πεποιθὼς οἶδα ὅτι convinced of this, I know that 1:25. εἴ τις πέποιθεν ἑαυτῷ Χριστοῦ εἶναι if anyone is convinced within of belonging to Christ 2 Cor 10:7 (cp. BGU 1141, 17 [14 B.C.] πέποιθα γὰρ ἐμαυτῷ).

③ pass. and mid., except for the pf.: to be won over as the result of persuasion.

ⓐ be persuaded, believe abs. (Pr 26:25) Lk 16:31; Ac 17:4; Hb 11:13 v.l. μὴ πειθομένου αὐτοῦ since he would not be persuaded Ac 21:14. πεισθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ Νάβαλ AcPl Ha 6, 23. W. dat. of the thing by which one is persuaded (opp. ἀπιστεῖν; τοῖς γραώδεσι μύθοις Iren. 1, 16, 3 [Harv. I 162, 8]) τοῖς λεγομένοις (Hdt. 2, 146, 1; Jos., Bell. 7, 415) Ac 28:24. πείθομαι I believe w. ὅτι foll. Hb 13:18; Hs 8, 11, 2. Ac 26:28 v.l. (s. 1b above), construed w. inf. ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθῃ Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι in too short a time you believe you are making a Christian of me (so Bachmann, Blass). οὐ πείθομαι w. acc. and inf. I cannot believe Ac 26:26.

ⓑ obey, follow w. dat. of pers. or thing (Hom. et al.; Diod S 4, 31, 5 τῷ χρησμῷ=the oracle; Maximus Tyr. 23, 2d τῷ θεῷ; 36, 6g τ. νόμῳ τοῦ Διός; Appian, Iber. 19 §73 θεῶ; pap; 4 Macc 10:13; 15:10; 18:1; Just., D. 9, 1; Mel., P. 93, 705; π. θεῷ Did., Gen. 225, 17; τῇ ἀδικίᾳ Theoph. Ant. 1, 14 [p. 92, 5]) Ro 2:8 (opp. ἀπειθεῖν, as Himerius, Or. 69 [=Or. 22], 7); Gal 3:1 v.l.; 5:7; Hb 13:17; Js 3:3; 2 Cl 17:5; Dg 5:10; IRo 7:2ab; Hm 12, 3, 3.

ⓒ Some passages stand betw. a and b and permit either transl., w. dat. be persuaded by someone, take someone’s advice or obey, follow someone Ac 5:36f, 39; 23:21; 27:11 (objection of a passenger, to which the crew paid no attention and suffered harm as a result: Chion, Ep. 4, 1 οἳ δʼ οὐκ ἐπείθοντο. Of relation between heretical leaders and their adherents Iren. 3, 12, 5 [Harv. II 58, 10]).

④ perf. pass. πέπεισμαι to attain certainty in ref. to something, be convinced, certain (Pla.+; pap, LXX) πεπεισμένος τοῦτο convinced of this B 1:4. πέπεισμαί τι περί τινος be convinced of someth. concerning someone Hb 6:9. περί τινος be sure of a thing IPol 2:3. Foll. by acc. and inf. (Diod S 12, 20, 2 πεπεῖσθαι θεοὺς εἶναι; PPetr II, 11, 4 [III B.C.]; EpArist 5; Just., D. 58, 2; Mel., HE 4, 26, 11; Ath. 36, 1f) Lk 20:6. W. περί τινος and acc. w. inf.: περὶ ὧν πέπεισμαι ὑμᾶς οὕτως ἔχειν concerning this I am certain that it is so with you ITr 3:2. W. ὅτι foll. (X., Oec. 15, 8; Just., D. 65, 2; Tat., 20, 2) Ro 8:38; 14:14 (w. οἶδα); 2 Ti 1:5, 12 (cp. w. ὡ foll. Did., Gen. 131, 8); Pol 9:2. πέπεισμαι περὶ ὑμῶν ὅτι Ro 15:14.—B. 1206; 1339. DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq.

πιστεύω (Trag.+) impf. ἐπίστευον; 1 aor. ἐπίστευσα; pf. πεπίστευκα; plpf. πεπιστεύκειν Ac 14:23 (on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Pass.: fut. 3 pl. πιστευθήσονται Gen 42, 20; 1 aor. ἐπιστεύθην; pf. πεπίστευμαι (the word does not occur in Phlm, 2 Pt, 2 and 3J, Rv, MPol, or D. But it is a special favorite of J and 1J, where it is found 96 times and 9 times respectively; πίστις is not found in the gospel at all, and occurs in 1J only once, 5:4. Our lit. uses it quite predominantly in a transcendent sense, or at least w. transcendent coloring).

① to consider someth. to be true and therefore worthy of one’s trust, believe

ⓐ believe (in) someth., be convinced of someth., w. that which one believes (in) indicated

α. by acc. of thing (Soph., Oed. Rex 646 τάδε; Aristot., Analyt. Pr. 2, 23, 68b, 13 ἅπαντα; PSI 494, 14 μηθέν; UPZ 70, 29 [152/151 B.C.] π. τὰ ἐνύπνια; ApcEsdr 7:12 p. 32, 26 τὸ βιβλίον τοῦτο) ἡ ἀγάπη πάντα πιστεύει 1 Cor 13:7. πεπιστεύκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην we believe in the love 1J 4:16. πιστεύεις τοῦτο; J 11:26b. Cp. Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5). Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν our testimony was believed 2 Th 1:10b (cp. Aristot., EN 10, 2 p. 1172b, 15 ἐπιστεύοντο οἱ λόγοι; Gen 42:20).

β. by means of a ὅτι-clause believe that (Plut., Mor. 210d; Aelian, VH 1, 16 p. 8, 9; Herm. Wr. 4, 4: Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24; PLond III, 897, 12 p. 207 [I A.D.]; Tob 10:8 S; Job 9:16; 15:31; 39:12; La 4:12; 4 Macc 7:19; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 18 [Stone p. 48]; ParJer 6:7; Just., A I, 18, 2 al.; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 89, 16) μακαρία ἡ πιστεύσασα ὅτι ἔσται τελείωσις Lk 1:45 (ὅτι here may=for: s. ὅτι 4b).—Mk 11:23; cp. vs. 24; J 8:24 (ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι as Is 43:10); 11:27, 42; 13:19; 14:10; 16:27, 30; 17:8, 21; 20:31a; Ac 9:26; Ro 6:8; 10:9; 1 Th 4:14; Hb 11:6; Js 2:19a; 1J 5:1, 5; Hv 3, 8, 4; 4, 2, 4; m 1:1; 6, 2, 10b; Hs 2:5.—[ὅτι εἷς θεός] καὶ εἷς χριστός AcPl Ha 1, 17; AcPlCor 1:8. π. περί τινος ὅτι believe concerning someone that J 9:18 (M. Ant. 1, 15, 5 πιστεύειν περὶ ὧν λέγοι ὅτι οὕτως φρονεῖ=believe concerning whatever he might say, that it was what he actually thought; Just., D. 10, 1 π. ἡμῶν• ὅτι ἐσθίομεν ἀνθρώπους.—π. περί τινος as Plut., Lyc. 19, 4; Jos., Ant. 14, 267).

γ. by the acc. and inf. (pres. Pla., Gorg. 524a; PTebt 314, 3 [II A.D.]; 4 Macc 5:25; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 160; Just., A I, 8, 2 al.; Ath. 20, 3) πιστεύω τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ac 8:37b.—GMary 463, 8.—IRo 10:2.—By the inf. (Thu 2, 22, 1; Job 15:22; AscIs 2:10 εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναβῆναι) πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11 (difft. JNolland, NTS 27, ’80, 112f [inf. of result: ‘we believe (in order) to be saved’]).—By the acc. and ptc. ἐν σαρκὶ αὐτὸν πιστεύω ὄντα I believe that he was in the flesh ISm 3:1.

δ. by means of the dat. of thing give credence to, believe (Aeschyl., Pers. 786 θεῶν θεσφάτοισιν; Soph., Phil. 1374 τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις, El. 886; Pla., Phd. 88c, Leg. 7, 798d; Polyb. 5, 42, 9; 9, 33, 1; Herodian 7, 5, 5 ἐλπίδι κρείττονι; BGU 674, 6 τῷ λόγῳ; 2 Ch 9:6 τοῖς λόγοις; Ps 105:24; Pr 14:15; Sir 19:15; En 104:13 ταῖς βίβλοις; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 τοῖς κενοῖς λογισμοῖς, Virt. 68 the sayings of God; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 286, Ant. 10, 39 τ. λόγοις; Tat. 18, 2 ὕλης οἰκονομία; Ath. 30, 2 ταῖς γοναῖς τοῦ Διό; Iren. 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I 92, 4] ἡ ἐκκλησία … π. τούτοις [sc. κήρυγμα and πίστις]) οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου Lk 1:20 (cp. Iambl., ViPyth. 28, 148 περὶ θεῶν μηδὲν θαυμαστὸν ἀπιστεῖν ‘concerning the gods nothing is so marvelous that it should occasion unbelief’). τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ J 2:22. Cp. 4:50; 5:47ab. τοῖς γεγραμμένοις Ac 24:14 (Diod S 16, 52, 7 πιστεύσαντες τοῖς γεγραμμένοις). τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cl 11:1 (Diod S 1, 53, 10 τῇ τοῦ προρρήσει πιστεύειν; 19, 90, 3). τῷ ψεύδει, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 2 Th 2:11, 12. τῇ καταλαλιᾷ Hm 2:2. τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν (Is 53:1; cp. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 14 π. ἀκοῇ πρεσβυτέρων) J 12:38; Ro 10:16; 1 Cl 16:3. τοῖς ἔργοις J 10:38b (=their testimony); Hm 6, 2, 10a (that they are good and must be followed).—Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τῷ λόγῳ μου they believed my word Hm 3:3.

ε. w. prepositional expressions: εἰς Ro 4:18, if εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτόν here is dependent on ἐπίστευσεν. πιστεύειν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν believe in the witness 1J 5:10c. ὁ Χριστιανισμὸς οὐκ εἰς Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ἐπίστευσεν the Christian way of life/Christianity did not commit itself to the Judean way/Judaism (s. Hdb. ad loc.) I Mg 10:3a; cp. b (Χριστιανισμόν, εἰς ὸ̔ν πᾶσα γλῶσσα πιστεύσασα). On πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄνομά τινος s. 2aβ below. πιστεύετε ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ believe in the gospel (so Ps 105:12 ἐπίστευσαν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ. Rather in the sense ‘put one’s trust in’ Sir 32:21 μὴ πιστεύσῃς ἐν ὁδῷ ἀπροσκόπῳ. See B-D-F §187, 6; Rob. 540. ALoisy, Les Évangiles synopt. I 1907, 430; 434; comm.) Mk 1:15 (Hofmann understands it as ‘on the basis of’, Wohlenberg ‘bei’; Lohmeyer is undecided; Dssm. and Mlt. 67f ‘in the sphere of’; s. p. 235). ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ οὐ πιστεύω IPhld 8:2 (s. Bihlmeyer ad loc.).—ἐπί τινι: πιστεύειν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33 (Is 28:16).

ⓑ w. the pers. to whom one gives credence or whom one believes, in the dat. (Demosth. 18, 10; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 14 p. 1390a, 32; Polyb. 15, 26, 6 τοῖς εἰδόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν; Herodian 2, 1, 10; PHib 72, 18; POxy 898, 29; PTebt 418, 15; Ex 4:1, 5; 3 Km 10:7; 2 Ch 32:15; Tob 2:14; Jer 47:14; JosAs 13:10; Philo, Praem. 49; Just., A I, 33, 5, D 7, 2 al.) τοῖς θεασαμένοις αὐτὸν ἐγηγερμένον οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they did not believe those who saw him after he was raised from the dead Mk 16:14. Cp. Mt 21:25, 32abc; Mk 11:31; 16:13; Lk 20:5; J 5:46a; Ac 8:12; 26:27a (τ. προφήταις as Jos., Ant. 11, 96); 1J 4:1; Hm 6, 1, 2ab.—Also of Jesus and God whom one believes, in that one accepts their disclosures without doubt or contradiction: Jesus: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 5:38, 46b; 6:30; 8:45, 46; 10:37, 38a. God: J 5:24; Ro 4:3 (Gen 15:6), 17 κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ (= κατέναντι θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστευσεν); Gal 3:6; Js 2:23; 1 Cl 10:6 (all three Gen 15:6). ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ θεῷ ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1J 5:10b. AcPl Ha 3, 7.

ⓒ w. pers. and thing added π. τινί τι believe someone with regard to someth. (X., Apol. 15 μηδὲ ταῦτα εἰκῇ πιστεύσητε τῷ θεῷ) Hm 6, 2, 6.—W. dat. of pers. and ὅτι foll. (ApcEsdr 4:35 p. 29, 12 Tdf.): πιστεύετέ μοι ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί J 14:11a. Cp. 4:21; Ac 27:25.

ⓓ abs. (in which case the context supplies the obj., etc.; cp. ParJer 7:19 γέγονε δὲ τοῦτο, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν) ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ• ἰδοὺ ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, μὴ πιστεύσητε do not believe (him or it [the statement]) Mt 24:23; cp. vs. 26; Mk 13:21; Lk 22:67; J 3:12ab; 10:25f; 12:47 v.l.; 14:29; 16:31; 19:35; 20:8, 25; cp. GJs 19:3. J 20:29ab πιστεύσαντες those who have nevertheless believed (it=the fact of the Resurrection); Ac 4:4; 26:27b; 1 Cor 11:18 πιστεύω I believe (it=that there are divisions among you); 15:11; Js 2:19b even the daemons believe this; Jd 5. Pass. καρδίᾳ πιστεύεται with (or in) the heart men believe (it=that Jesus was raised fr. the dead) Ro 10:10.

ⓔ believe = let oneself be influenced κατά τινος against someone Pol 6:1.

ⓕ πιστεύομαι I am believed, I enjoy confidence (X., An. 7, 6, 33; Diod S 5, 80, 4 τοῖς μάλιστα πιστευομένοις ἐπηκολουθήσαμεν; 17, 32, 1; 1 Km 27:12; Jos., Ant. 10, 114; PGM 12, 279 πιστευθήσῃ=you will be believed) of Eve παρθένος πιστεύεται people believe that she is a virgin Dg 12:8, or perh. a virgin is entrusted (to someone without fear). S. 3 below.

② to entrust oneself to an entity in complete confidence, believe (in), trust, w. implication of total commitment to the one who is trusted. In our lit. God and Christ are objects of this type of faith that relies on their power and nearness to help, in addition to being convinced that their revelations or disclosures are true. The obj. is

ⓐ given

α. in the dat. (cp. Soph., Philoct. 1374 θεοῖς πιστ.; X., Mem. 1, 1, 5; Ps.-Pla., Epinom. 980c πιστεύσας τοῖς θεοῖς εὔχου; Ptolem. Lagi [300 B.C.]: 138 Fgm. 8 Jac.; Maximus Tyr. 3, 8k τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι; Epict., app. E, 10 p. 488 Sch. θεῷ; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 18 πῶς Διονύσῳ πιστεύσω; how can I trust D.?; UPZ 144, 12 [164 B.C.] τ. θεοῖς; Jdth 14:10; Wsd 16:26; 4 Macc 7:21 al. in LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 πιστεύειν θεῷ, Rer. Div. Her. 92 μόνῳ θεῷ, Op. M. 45, Sacr. Abel. 70 τῷ σωτήρι θεῷ, Abr. 269, Mos. 1, 225, Virt. 216 [on faith in Philo s. Bousset, Rel.³ 446ff; EHatch, Essays in Biblical Gk. 1889, 83ff; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT⁴ 1927; EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1908, ²1925; HWindisch, Die Frömmigkeit Philos 1909, 23ff; HWolfson, Philo ’47 I, 143–56, esp. II, 215–18; WPeisker, D. Glaubensbegriff bei Philon, diss. ’36]; Jos., Ant. 2, 117; 333; 3, 309; 20, 48, Bell. 3, 387 [s. ASchlatter, D. Theol. d. Judentums nach d. Bericht des Jos. ’32, 104ff]; Just., A I, 18, 6 al.). Some of the passages referred to in 1b above, end, are repeated, since they may be classified here or there w. equal justification. Of God: π. τῷ θεῷ (Orig., C. Cels. 4, 89, 15) Ac 16:34; 13:12 D; Tit 3:8; PtK 4 p. 16, 2; B 16:7; Hm 12, 6, 2; Hs 5, 1, 5. Cp. m 1:2; AcPl Ha 10, 13f. τῷ κυρίῳ (Sir 11:21; 2:8) Hv 4, 2, 6. οἱ πιστεύσαντες τῷ κυρίῳ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 13, 5. τῷ θεῷ w. ὅτι foll. m 9:7; cp. Hs 1:7.—Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l. (for ἐπʼ αὐτόν); J 6:30 (σοί=vs. 29 εἰς ὸ̔ν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος); J 8:31 (αὐτῷ=vs. 30 εἰς αὐτόν, but see Mlt. 67f; JSwetnam argues for a plpf. sense here: Biblica 61, ’80, 106–9); Ac 5:14; 18:8a (both τῷ κυρίῳ); Ro 10:14b (οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν = τούτῳ [about equivalent to εἰς τοῦτον; cp. vs. 14a] οὗ οὐκ ἤκ.); 2 Ti 1:12; ITr 9:2; Hs 8, 3, 2.—Pass. be believed in (X., Cyr. 4, 2, 8; 6, 1, 39; Pla., Lach. 181b; Ps.-Demosth. 58, 44 al.; 1 Km 27:12; Just., D. 7, 3; Tat. 10, 2. S. B-D-F §312, 1; also s. Rob. 815f) ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 Ti 3:16.—π. τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ υἱοῦ believe in the name of the Son, i.e. believe in the Son and accept what his name proclaims him to be 1J 3:23.

β. w. εἰς (cp. Hippol., Elench. 6, 19, 7 W. οἱ εἰς τὸν Σίμωνα καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην πεπιστευκότες; Just., D. 35, 8 al.) God (BGU 874, 11 π. εἰς τὸν θεόν): J 12:44b; 14:1a (cp. ET 21, 1910, 53–57; 68–70; 138f); 1 Pt 1:21 v.l.=Pol 2:1.—Christ: Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42; J 2:11; 3:15 v.l., 16, 18a, 36; 4:39; 6:29, 35, 40, 47 v.l.; 7:5, 31, 38f, 48; 8:30; 9:35f; 10:42; 11:25, 26a, 45, 48; 12:11, 36 (εἰς τὸ φῶς), 37, 42, 44a, 46; 14:1b, 12; 16:9; 17:20; Ac 10:43; 14:23; 18:8 D; 19:4; Ro 10:14a; Gal 2:16; Phil 1:29; 1 Pt 1:8; 1J 5:10a; AcPlCor 2:31; Hs 8, 3, 2.—εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ (or αὐτοῦ, etc.) J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18c; 1J 5:13 (s. ὄνομα 1dβ and s. 2aα above, end). π. εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ITr 2:1. π. εἰς τὸ αἷμα Χριστοῦ ISm 6:1.

γ. w. ἐπί and dat., of God Ac 11:17 D. Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 3:15 v.l.; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16); 1 Ti 1:16.

δ. w. ἐπί and acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 46, 1 al.) of God: Ac 16:34 D; Ro 4:5, 24; PtK 3 p. 15, 12. Of Christ: Mt 27:42; J 3:15 v.l.; Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19.

ε. π. ἔν τινι believe in someone (Jer 12:6; Da 6:24 Theod.; Ps 77:22) is questionable in our lit.: in J 3:15 the best rdg. is ἐν αὐτῷ and is prob. to be construed w. ἔχῃ (in J πιστεύω usually takes the prep. εἰς when expressing the obj. of belief, as in 3:16); in Eph 1:13 both occurrences of ἐν ᾧ are prob. to be construed w. ἐσφραγίσθητε (=‘in connection with whom you have been sealed’ [cp. 4:30]); the acts of hearing and believing are coordinate, and πιστεύσαντες, along w. ἀκούσαντες, is used abs. (so REB; less clearly NRSV). But s. 1aε above: π. ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ Mk 1:15; IPhld 8:2.

ⓑ not expressed at all (the abs. πιστεύειν in a transcendent sense: Aeschin., In Ctesiph. 1 ἐγὼ πεπιστευκὼς ἥκω πρῶτον τοῖς θεοῖς; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 17, 1391b, 1ff; Plut., Mor. 170f; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24 πιστεῦσαι δεῖ, ὅτι [=because] μόνη σωτηρία ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐπιστροφή; Herm. Wr. 9, 10ab ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; cp. 1, 32 πιστεύω καὶ μαρτυρῶ=PapBerl 9795 [RReitzenstein, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, p. 161, 2]; Num 20:12; Ps 115:1; Is 7:9; Sir 2:13; 1 Macc 2:59; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 14; 101, Deus Imm. 4, Mut. Nom. 178; τότε πιστεύσεις θέλων καὶ μὴ θέλων Theoph. Ant. 1, 8 [p. 74, 7]) Mk 15:32; 16:16f; Lk 8:12f; J 1:7, 50; 3:15, 18b; 4:41f, 48, 53; 5:44; 6:36, 47, 64ab, perh. 69 (MEnslin, The Perf. Tense in the Fourth Gosp.: JBL 55, ’36, 121–31, esp. 128); 9:38; 10:26; 11:15, 40; 12:39; 20:31b; Ac 4:4; 8:13, 37a; 11:21; 13:12, 39, 48; 14:1; 15:5, 7; 17:12, 34; 18:8b, 27; 19:2; 21:25; Ro 1:16; 3:22; 4:11; 10:4; 13:11; 15:13; 1 Cor 1:21; 3:5; 15:2; Gal 3:22; Eph 1:13, 19; 1 Th 2:10, 13; Hb 4:3; 1 Pt 2:7; 1 Cl 12:7; 2 Cl 17:3; 20:2; B 9:3; B 11:11; ISm 3:2; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 17, 4; 9, 22, 3. τὸ πιστεύειν faith IMg 9:2. ἐν ἀγάπῃ πιστεύειν IPhld 9:2 (ἐν ἀγάπῃ is here used adv.).—Participles in the var. tenses are also used almost subst.: (οἱ) πιστεύοντες (the) believers, (the) Christians (Orig., C. Cels. 1, 13, 34; Did., Gen. 106, 6) Ac 2:44; Ro 3:22; 1 Cor 14:22ab (opp. οἱ ἄπιστοι); 1 Th 1:7; Hs 8, 3, 3. (οἱ) πιστεύσαντες (those) who made their commitment = (those) who became believers, (the) Christians, Ac 2:44 v.l.; 4:32; 2 Th 1:10a; 2 Cl 2:3; Hs 9, 19, 1. οἱ πεπιστευκότες those who became (and remained) believers Ac 19:18; 21:20 (Just., D. 122, 2).—οἱ μέλλοντες πιστεύειν future believers 1 Cl 42:4; Hm 4, 3, 3a. οἱ νῦν πιστεύσαντες those who have just come to believe ibid. 4, 3, 3b.

ⓒ A special kind of this faith is the confidence that God or Christ is in a position to help suppliants out of their distress, have confidence (some of the passages already mentioned might just as well be classified here) abs. ὡς ἐπίστευσας γενηθήτω σοι may it be done to you in accordance with the confidence you have Mt 8:13. ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε πιστεύοντες whatever you pray for with confidence 21:22. Cp. Mk 5:36; 9:23f; Lk 8:50; 2 Cor 4:13a (Ps 115:1), b. W. ὅτι foll.: πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; do you have confidence that I am able to do this? Mt 9:28.—Mk 11:23.

③ entrust τινί τι someth. to someone (X., Mem. 4, 4, 17; Plut., Mor. 519e; Athen. 8, 341a; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 25, 1; SIG² 845, 7, see for numerous other examples index VI p. 384b. Cp. Wsd 14:5; 1 Macc 8:16; 4 Macc 4:7; TestJob 11:11; Jos., Bell. 4, 492; Hippol., Ref. 9, 12, 6) τὸ ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει; Lk 16:11. αὐτῷ τοσούτων πιστευο̣μ̣έ̣ν̣ω̣ν̣ since so many (or so much) were ( was) entrusted to him AcPl Ha 7, 21 (connection uncertain). αὐτόν (so N. and Tdf.; v.l. ἑαυτόν) τινι trust oneself to someone (Brutus, Ep. 25; Plut., Mor. 181d ἀνδρὶ μᾶλλον ἀγαθῷ πιστεύσας ἑαυτὸν ἢ ὀχυρῷ τόπῳ=entrusting himself to a good man rather than to a stronghold; EpArist 270; Jos., Ant. 12, 396) J 2:24 (EStauffer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 281–99.—Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 39a οὐ τοῖς τυχοῦσι φίλοις ἑαυτὸν ἐπίστευσεν=he did not trust himself to casual friends).—Pass. πιστεύομαί τι (B-D-F §159, 4) I am entrusted with someth. (Pla., Ep. 1, 309a; Polyb. 8, 17, 5; 31, 26, 7; Diod S 20, 19, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 136 §568 ἃ ἐπιστεύθην; ins; pap [e.g. PLond I, 121, 608 p. 203]; Jos., Bell. 5, 567, Vi. 137; Ath. 24, 3. Cp. Esth 8:12e.—Dssm., LO 320f [LAE 379]). ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:2. πεπίστευμαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Gal 2:7 (PGM 13, 140 ὁ ὑπό σου πάντα πιστευθείς; 446); cp. 1 Th 2:4; 1 Ti 1:11.—Tit 1:3. οἰκονομίαν πεπίστευμαι 1 Cor 9:17; cp. Dg 7:1. S. also 7:2; IMg 6:1; IPhld 9:1ab. πιστεύομαί τι παρά τινος I am entrusted by someone with someth. (Polyb. 3, 69, 1; Jos., Bell. 1, 667): οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον τοιοῦτο 1 Cl 43:1.

④ be confident about, a unique use found in ὸ̔ς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, someth. like the one is confident about eating anything Ro 14:2 (a combination of two ideas: ‘the pers. is so strong in the faith’ and: ‘the pers. is convinced that it is permissible to eat anything’; in brief: not cultically fussy. See Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; but also B-D-F §397, 2). Another probability is the sense

⑤ think/consider (possible), in Ro 14:2 perh. holds everything possible; cp. J 9:18 οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they refused to entertain the possibility, and Ac 9:26. S. 4 above.—For lit. s. πίστις, end. DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW.

πρόσωπον, ου, τό (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.).

① the front part of the head

ⓐ lit. face, countenance Mt 6:16f; 17:2; Mk 14:65; Lk 9:29 (s. εἶδος 1); Ac 6:15ab (Chariton 2, 2, 2 θαυμάζουσαι τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς θεῖον; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 80 Πρόκλος ἐθαύμαζε τὸ Ἰσιδώρου πρόσωπον, ὡς ἔνθεον ἦν; Marinus, Vi. Procli 23); 2 Cor 3:7 twice, 13 (JMorgenstern, Moses with the Shining Face: HUCA 2, 1925, 1–28); cp. vs. 18; 4:6; but in the last two passages there is a transition from the face of Moses to a symbolic use of πρ. (s. 1bβג below); Rv 4:7; 9:7ab; 10:1; IEph 15:3 (cp. 1bβו); MPol 12:1; Hv 3, 10, 1; B 5:14; GJs 17:2; 18:2 (codd.). ἐμβριθεῖ τῷ πρ. MPol 9:2 (s. ἐμβριθής). ποίῳ προσώπῳ GJs 13:1b. πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ the face he was born with Js 1:23 (γένεσις 2a). ἐμπτύειν εἰς τὸ πρ. τινος spit in someone’s face (s. ἐμπτύω) Mt 26:67. εἰς πρ. δέρειν τινά strike someone in the face 2 Cor 11:20. τύπτειν τὸ πρ. GJs 13:1a. συνέπεσεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ his face fell or became distorted 1 Cl 4:3; cp. vs. 4 (Gen 4:6 and 5; JosAs 13:8). πίπτειν ἐπὶ (τὸ; the art. is usu. lacking; B-D-F §255, 4; 259, 1; cp. Rob. 792) πρ. αὐτοῦ fall on one’s face as a sign of devotion (=נָפַל עַל פָּנָיו; cp. Gen 17:3; Ruth 2:10; TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 16 [Stone p. 20]; JosAs 14:4 al.; ApcSed 14:2) Mt 17:6; 26:39; Rv 7:11; 11:16. Without αὐτοῦ (Gen 17:17; Num 14:5; Jos., Ant. 10, 11) Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25.

ⓑ personal presence or relational circumstance, fig.

α. in all kinds of imagery which, in large part, represent OT usage, and in which the face is oft. to be taken as the seat of the faculty of seeing. Βλέπειν πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον to see face to face 1 Cor 13:12 (cp. Gen 32:31 [Jos., Ant. 1, 334 θεοῦ πρόσωπον]; Judg 6:22. See HRiesenfeld, ConNeot 5, ’41, 19; 21f [abstracts of four articles]). κλίνειν τὸ πρ. εἰς τὴν γῆν Lk 24:5 (κλίνω 1). πρ. κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά 1 Pt 3:12; 1 Cl 22:6 (both Ps 33:17). ἐπίφανον τὸ πρ. σου ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς (ἐπιφαίνω 1) 60:3 (s. Num 6:25). ἐμφανισθῆναι τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ (ἐμφανίζω 1) Hb 9:24. βλέπειν τὸ πρ. τινος, i.e. of God (βλέπω 1a, ὁράω A1c and s. JBoehmer, Gottes Angesicht: BFCT 12, 1908, 321–47; EGulin, D. Antlitz Jahwes im AT: Annal. Acad. Scient. Fenn. 17, 3, 1923; FNötscher, ‘Das Anges. Gottes schauen’ nach bibl. u. babylon. Auffassung 1924) Mt 18:10; cp. Rv 22:4. ὁρᾶν, ἰδεῖν or θεωρεῖν τὸ πρ. τινος see someone’s face, i.e. see someone (present) in person (UPZ 70, 5 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἄν με ἶδες τὸ πρόσωπον. See Gen 32:21; 43:3, 5; 46:30 al.) Ac 20:25, 38; 1 Th 2:17b; 3:10; IRo 1:1; s. IPol 1:1. τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί Col 2:1. τῷ προσώπῳ ἀγνοούμενος unknown by face, i.e. personally Gal 1:22 (ἀγνοέω 1b). ἀπορφανισθέντες ἀφʼ ὑμῶν προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ (dat. of specification) orphaned by separation from you in person, not in heart (or outwardly, not inwardly) 1 Th 2:17a. ἐκζητεῖν τὰ πρόσωπα τῶν ἁγίων (ἐκζητέω 1) B 19:10; D 4:2. ἀποστρέφειν τὸ πρ. ἀπό τινος (ἀποστρέφω 1) 1 Cl 18:9 (Ps 50:11); 16:3 (Is 53:3). στερεῖν τοῦ προσώπου τινός B 13:4 (Gen 48:11).—τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν (s. στηρίζω 2 and cp. SAntoniades, Neotestamentica: Neophilologus 14, 1929, 129–35) Lk 9:51. τὸ πρ. αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ his face was set toward Jerusalem vs. 53 (cp. 2 Km 17:11).—θαυμάζειν πρόσωπον flatter Jd 16 (PsSol 2:18; s. also θαυμάζω 1bα). λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον (=נָשָׂא פָנִים; cp. Sir 4:22; 35:13; 1 Esdr 4:39; s. Thackeray p. 43f; B-D-F p. 3, note 5; Rob. 94) show partiality or favoritism Lk 20:21; B 19:4; D 4:3. λαμβ. πρόσωπόν τινος (cp. Mal 1:8) Gal 2:6. S. PKatz, Kratylos 5, ’60, 161.

β. governed by prepositions, in usages where πρ. in many cases requires a dynamic equivalent

א. ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός from the presence of someone (JosAs 28:10; Just., A I, 36, 1; s. Vi. Aesopi W 104 v.l. p. 188 last line P. ἐπιστολὴ ὡς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Αἰσώπου) Ac 3:20; (away) from someone or someth. (Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 9 Jac. φυγεῖν ἀπὸ προσώπου Κύρου; LXX; PsSol 4:8 al.; Herodas 8, 59 ἔρρʼ ἐκ προσώπου=get out of my sight; TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 11 [Stone p. 4] ἐκ προσώπου: here because of the compound ἐξέρχομαι) 5:41; 7:45; 2 Th 1:9; Rv 6:16 (Is 2:10, 19, 21); 12:14; 20:11 (cp. Ex 14:25; Josh 10:11; Sir 21:2; 1 Macc 5:34 and oft.) 1 Cl 4:8 (s. ἀποδιδράσκω), 10 (s. the passages cited for Rv 20:11 above); 18:11 (Ps 50:13; ἀπο[ρ]ρίπτω 2); 28:3 (Ps 138:7).

ב. εἰς πρόσωπον: (Aesop, Fab. 302 P.= εἰς Ζηνὸς πρόσωπον ἔρχεσθαι=before the face of Zeus) εἰς πρόσωπον τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν before (lit. ‘in the face of’) the congregations 2 Cor 8:24. τὰ φαινόμενά σου εἰς πρόσωπον what meets your eye, i.e. the visible world IPol 2:2. βλέπειν εἰς πρόσωπόν τινος Mt 22:16; Mk 12:14 (s. βλέπω 4). To one’s face i.e. when present Hv 3, 6, 3 cj. (cp. POxy 903, 2; BGU 909, 12).

ג. ἐν προσώπῳ (Maximus Tyr. 38, 1a) ἐν προσώπῳ Χριστοῦ before the face of Christ that looks down with approval 2 Cor 2:10 (cp. Pr 8:30; Sir 35:4), or as the representative of Christ (REB); difft. 4:6 on the face of Christ (s. 1a above).

ד. κατὰ πρόσωπον face to face, (present) in person (Polyb. 24, 15, 2; Diod S 19, 46, 2; Plut., Caesar 716 [17, 8]; IMagnMai 93b, 11; IPriene 41, 6; OGI 441, 66 [81 B.C.]; PLond II, 479, 6 p. 256 [III A.D.?]; POxy 1071, 1) B 15:1. (Opp. ἀπών) 2 Cor 10:1. Παῦλος, ὸ̔ς γενόμενος ἐν ὑμῖν κατὰ πρόσωπον Pol 3:2. πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος κατὰ πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους before the accused meets his accusers face to face Ac 25:16, κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην I opposed him to his face Gal 2:11 (cp. Diod S 40, 5a of an accusation κατὰ πρόσωπον; 2 Macc 7:6; Jos., Ant. 5, 46; 13, 278).—κατὰ πρόσωπον with partiality, in favoritism B 19:7; D 4:10.—τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον what is before your eyes 2 Cor 10:7.—Used w. the gen. like a prep. (PPetr III, 1 II, 8 κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ ἱεροῦ; LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 144; 9, 8) κατὰ πρ. τινος before or in the presence of someone (Jos., Ant. 11, 235) Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13; 16:9 D; 1 Cl 35:10 (Ps. 49:21).

ה. μετὰ προσώπου: πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου Ac 2:28 (Ps 15:11); μετά A 2γ ג.

ו. πρὸ προσώπου τινός (LXX; TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 4 [Stone p. 30] πρὸ προσώπου τῆς τραπέζης; GrBar 1:4; s. Johannessohn, Präp. 184–86) before someone Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27 (on all three cp. Mal 3:1).—Lk 1:76 v.l. (s. Ex 32:34); 9:52 (s. Ex 23:20); 10:1; 1 Cl 34:3 (s. Is 62:11). IEph 15:3 (cp. 1a).—πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ Ac 13:24 (εἴσοδος 2).

② entire bodily presence, person (Polyb. 5, 107, 3; 8, 13, 5; 12, 27, 10; 27, 7, 4; Diod S 37, 12, 1; Plut., Mor. 509b; Epict. 1, 2, 7; Vett. Val. s. index; Just., A I, 36, 2; POxy 1672, 4 [37–41 A.D.] ξένοις προσώποις=to strangers; 237 VII, 34; PRyl 28, 88. Cp. Phryn. p. 379 Lob., also Lob.’s comment p. 380; KPraechter, Philol 63, 1904, 155f) ὀλίγα πρόσωπα a few persons 1 Cl 1:1; ἓν ἢ δύο πρ. 47:6. τὰ προγεγραμμένα πρ. the persons mentioned above IMg 6:1. Here is surely also the place for ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων by many (persons) 2 Cor 1:11 (from Luther to NRSV et al.; ‘face’ is preferred by Heinrici, Plummer et al.—With this expr. cp. Diod S 15, 38, 4 ἐκ τρίτου προσώπου=[claims were raised] by a third ‘party’, i.e. Thebes, against Sparta and Athens).

③ the outer surface of someth., face= surface πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς (Gen 2:6; 7:23; 11:4, 8 al.) Lk 21:35; Ac 17:26; B 11:7 (Ps 1:4); and 6:9 prob. belongs here also.

④ that which is present in a certain form or character to a viewer, external things, appearance opp. καρδία (1 Km 16:7) 2 Cor 5:12. πρόσωπον εἰρήνης (opp. πονηρίαι … ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις) Hv 3, 6, 3. ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ (i.e. of grass and flowers) Js 1:11. Of the appearance of the sky Mt 16:3; cp. Lk 12:56 (s. Ps 103:30).—SSchlossmann, Persona u. Πρόσωπον im röm. Recht u. christl. Dogma 1906; RHirzel, Die Person; Begriff u. Name derselben im Altertum: SBBayAk 1914, Heft 10; HRheinfelder, Das Wort ‘Persona’; Gesch. seiner Bed. 1928; FAltheim, Persona: ARW 27, 1929, 35–52; RAC I 437–40; BHHW I 93f. B. 216.—DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

φρονέω (s. φρήν) impf. ἐφρόνουν; fut. φρονήσω; 1 aor. ἐφρόνησα; pf. 1 pl. πεφρονήκαμεν (Ath. 10, 1) (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX; TestJob 48:2; EpArist 236; Philo, Joseph., Ar., Just., Ath.)

① to have an opinion with regard to someth., think, form/hold an opinion, judge ἐφρόνουν ὡς νήπιος I thought like a child 1 Cor 13:11 (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 868a νηπίου ὄντος καὶ νήπια φρονοῦντος). καθὼς φρονοῦσιν as their opinion is ISm 2. καλῶς καὶ ἀληθῶς φρονεῖς your judgment is right and true Hm 3:4 (εὖ φρ. Hippol., Ref. 10, 32, 4). ταῦτα φρονεῖν 9:12. ἃ φρονεῖς the views that you hold Ac 28:22 (Just., D. 80, 2 ἕτερα λέγειν παρʼ ἃ φρονῶ). πολλὰ φρονῶ ἐν θεῷ many thoughts are mine when I take God’s view of things (so Kleist) ITr 4:1. φρονεῖν τι ὑπέρ τινος think or feel in a certain way about someone Phil 1:7. ὑπέρ τινος φρ. think of someone in the sense be concerned about him 4:10a; cp. 10b. φρ. περί τινος think of or about someone (Wsd 14:30; Just., D. 3, 7; Ath. 24, 1; περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 15]) 2:1a. φρ. τι περί τινος think someth. concerning someone (Isocr. 3, 60; Polyaenus 5, 2, 13; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 20, 5; Jos., Ant. 12, 125, C. Ap. 2, 168; Ar. 8, 1; Just., D. 48, 1) ISm 5:2. φρ. μικρὰ περί τινος think little of someone 2 Cl 1:2 (Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 256 φρ. περὶ μοναρχίας τὰ ἄριστα); cp. 1:1b. On ἵνα ἀδελφὸς ἰδὼν ἀδελφὴν οὐδὲν φρονῇ περὶ αὐτῆς θηλυκόν 12:5a s. θηλυκός; cp. 12:5b. θεὸν δεσπότην φρ. think of God as Master Dg 3:2 (s. φρονίμως). οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρ. think nothing different, not take a different view Gal 5:10 (Hdt. 7, 205, 3 ἄλλα φρ.; Jos., Bell. 5, 326 φρ. οὐδὲν ὑγιές). τοῦτο φρ. Phil 3:15a; τὶ ἑτέρως φρ. think of or regard someth. differently 15b; τὸ αὐτὸ φρ. think the same thing, i.e. be in agreement, live in harmony (Hdt. 1, 60, 2; Dio Chrys. 17 [34], 20; Just., D. 65, 2 τὸ αὐτὸ φρ…. ἐμοί; OGI 669, 36.—Opp.: ἀνόμοια φρ. Iren. 1, Pr. 2 [Harv. I 4, 5f]) 2 Cor 13:11; Phil 2:2a; 3:16 v.l.; 4:2; 2 Cl 17:3. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις Ro 15:5; εἰς ἀλλήλους 12:16a. Also τὰ αὐτὰ φρ. (Hdt. 5, 72, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 65 §295 τὰ αὐτὰ ἐφρόνουν) Hs 9, 13, 7. τὸ ἓν φρ. Phil 2:2b.— Cherish thoughts μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρʼ ὸ̔ δεῖ φρονεῖν not to think more of oneself than one ought to think Ro 12:3a. Cp. 1 Cor 4:6 v.l. (cp. Diod S 27, 6, 2 τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον φρονοῦντας). ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν be proud Ro 11:20; 1 Ti 6:17 v.l.

② to give careful consideration to someth., set one’s mind on, be intent on, foll. by the acc. (Brutus, Ep. 14 τὰ σὰ φρ.)

ⓐ gener. ἀγαθὰ φρ. Hm 10, 3, 1. τὸ καλὸν φρ. Hs 5, 2, 7. τέλεια ISm 11:3. τὰ ὑψηλά Ro 12:16b (cp. 2 Macc 9:12). τὰ ἐπίγεια (Did., Gen. 50, 27; Theoph. Ant. 2, 17 [p. 142, 6]) Phil 3:19. τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Col 3:2 (opp. τὰ ἄνω; TestJob 48:2 τὰ τῆς γῆς φρ.).

ⓑ φρ. τά τινος take someone’s side, espouse someone’s cause (Diod S 13, 48, 4 and 7 ἐφρόνουν τὰ Λακεδαιμονίων; 13, 72, 1; 14, 32, 4; 20, 35, 2 and oft.; Appian, Liby. 70 §316, Bell. Civ. 3, 85, §351; Polyaenus 8, 14, 3 τὰ Ῥωμαίων φρ., cp. HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 56; Herodian 8, 6, 6; 1 Macc 10:20; Jos., Ant. 14, 450 οἱ τὰ Ἡρῴδου φρονοῦντες). τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ (opp. τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων) Mt 16:23; Mk 8:33. τὰ τῆς σαρκός (opp. τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος) Ro 8:5.

ⓒ of acknowledging the importance of someth. ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν κυρίῳ φρονεῖ the one who is intent on the day (i.e. a particular day rather than others) in honor of the Lord Ro 14:6. φρ. εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 12:3b.

③ to develop an attitude based on careful thought, be minded/disposed τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν ὸ̔ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ let the same kind of thinking dominate you as dominated Christ Jesus Phil 2:5 (Christ went so far as to devoid himself of his divine status for the benefit of humanity; the opp. of φρονεῖν μέγα, ‘to think presumptuously’, s. Reader, Polemo 216f on the theme of hybris). Or, have the same thoughts among yourselves as you have in your communion with Christ Jesus (so CDodd, The Apost. Preaching ’37, 106f).—B. 1198. DELG s.v. φρήν II. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).

① proper name of an entity, name

ⓐ gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)

ⓑ used w. verbs

α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.

β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to

ⓒ used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.

ⓓ used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.³ 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III⁴ 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus

α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).

β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.

γ. used w. prepositions

א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.

ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.

ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.

ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.

ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.

ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).

ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.

ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.

δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.

② a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.

③ the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).

④ recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).

⑤ name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

ἀποστέλλω fut. ἀποστελῶ; 1 aor. ἀπέστειλα; ἀποστείλω Ac 7:34 (Ex 3:10) is perh. not hortat. subj. but pres. ind. as in the Pontic dial. (Thumb 18; s. M-M s.v.) or fut. (see v.l.); pf. ἀπέσταλκα, pass. ἀπέσταλμαι; 2 aor. pass. ἀπεστάλην (Soph., Hdt.+).

① to dispatch someone for the achievement of some objective, send away/out (Diod S 34 + 35, 14)

ⓐ w. only the obj. given Mt 13:41; Mk 11:1; 12:5 al.

ⓑ more exactly defined

α. w. indication of the pers. to whom someone is sent: by the dat. (UPZ 61, 20) Mt 22:16; εἴς τινα Mt 15:24; Lk 11:49; Ac 26:17. πρός τινα (Epict. 3, 22, 74; Jos., Ant. 7, 334) Mt 21:34, 37; 23:34, 37; 27:19; Mk 3:31; 12:4, 6; J 1:19 al.

β. w. indication of the place to which someone is sent, w. εἰς (PCairZen 578, 3): Mt 14:35; 20:2; Mk 8:26; Lk 1:26; 10:1; J 3:17 al. W. ἐν (4 Km 17:25; 2 Ch 7:13) ἐν μέσω λύκων Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3 (cp. Jer 32:27). ἔξω τ. χώρας outside the country Mk 5:10. W. ὧδε here Mk 11:3. ἀ. πρεσβείαν ὀπίσω τινός send an embassy after someone Lk 19:14 (cp. 4 Km 14:19). ἀ. ἔμπροσθέν τινος (cp. Gen 45:5, 7; 46:28) send before someone J 3:28; cp. ἀ. ἄγγελον πρὸ προσώπου σου Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2 (Ex 23:20; cp. Mal 3:1); cp. Lk 9:52; 10:1.

γ. w. the purpose of the sending indicated by ἵνα (Gen 30:25) Mk 12:2, 13; Lk 20:10; J 1:19; 3:17; 7:32; Hv 5:2 al. By ὅπως (1 Macc 16:18) Ac 9:17. By the inf. (Num 16:12; 31:4) Mt 22:3; Mk 3:14; Lk 1:19; 4:18a (Is 61:1); 9:2; 14:17; J 4:38; Ac 5:21; 1 Cor 1:17; Rv 22:6; B 14:9 (Is 61:1); Hm 12, 6, 1; cp. AcPlCor 2:9 in c below. By ἐπί (or εἰς) w. acc. (Apollon. Paradox. 1; PFlor 126, 8; Sb 174, 5f [III B.C.] ἀ. ἐπὶ τ. θήραν τ. ἐλεφάντων; UPZ 15, 24) ἐπὶ τοῦτο for this purpose Lk 4:43. εἰς διακονίαν to render service Hb 1:14 (cp. Jdth 11:7; Gen 45:5). By the simple acc. τοῦτον ἄρχοντα καὶ λυτρωτὴν ἀπέσταλκεν this man he sent as leader and deliverer Ac 7:35. ἀ. τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἱλασμόν 1J 4:10. ἀ. τ. υἱόν σωτῆρα vs. 14 (cp. ἐκεῖνον … κατάσκοπον … ἀποσταλέντα Just., D. 113, 1).

δ. in pass. ἀποστέλλεσθαι παρὰ θεοῦ (Vi. Aesopi I c. 31 p. 295, 1 ed. Eberh. ἀπεστάλην παρὰ τ. θεοῦ μου; cp. Sir 15:9; 34:6) J 1:6. πνεύματος ἁγίου ἀπὸ οὐρανοῦ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀποσταλέντος εἰς αὐτὴν (Μαρίαν) AcPlCor 2:5; ἀπὸ τ. θεοῦ (Epict. 3, 22, 23 ἀπὸ τοῦ Διός; Vi. Aesopi G 119 P.: the prophets of Heliopolis say ἡμεῖς ἀπεστάλημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ) Lk 1:26 (v.l. ὑπό); cp. 1 Cl 65:1. ἀπὸ Κορνηλίου πρὸς αὐτόν Ac 10:21 v.l. ἀπὸ Καισαρείας 11:11 (cp. 1 Macc 15:1). ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ 1 Pt 1:12; ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου Hv 5:2.

ⓒ esp. of the sending out of the disciples by Jesus Mt 10:5; Mk 3:14; 6:7; Lk 9:2; J 4:38; 17:18, as well as God’s sending forth of Jesus (of the divine mission, esp. of prophets, very oft. in LXX; on the Heb. שָׁלִיחַ see LKopf, VetusT 7, ’58, 207–9 and ἀπόστολος 2c.—Philo, Migr. Abr. 22; Just., A I, 63, 5; D. 75, 3. The Cynic ἀπὸ τ. Διὸς ἀπέσταλται Epict. 3, 22, 23; cp. 46.—Cornutus 16 p. 30, 19 ὁ Ἑρμῆς ὁ λόγος ὤν, ὸ̔ν ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ οἱ θεοί) Mt 15:24; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48; J 3:17, 34; 5:36, 38; 6:29, 57; 7:29; 8:42; 11:42; 17:3 (ἀποπέμπω v.l.), 8, 21, 23, 25; 20:21; Ac 3:20. Σιλωάμ tr. ἀπεσταλμένος J 9:7 (for a prob. mystic sense cp. Philo, Poster. Cai. 73; difft. ViIs 2 [p. 69, 5 Sch.].—The abs. ὀ ἀπεσταλμένος [Diod S 16, 50, 2]=the emissary). John the Baptist ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ 1:6.—ἀπέστειλε πρώτοις Ἰουδαίοις προφήτας εἰς τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἀποσπασθῆναι sent prophets first to Judaeans so that they might be rescued from their sins AcPlCor 2:9.—Also of the Holy Spirit 1 Pt 1:12 (cp. w. ref. to the breath or wind of God, Jdth 16:14; Ex 15:10).—Of angels Hv 4, 2, 4 (cp. Da 4:13, 23; 2 Macc 11:6; 15:22f; Tob 3:17).

② to dispatch a message, send, have someth. done

ⓐ w. ref. to content of the message τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον this salvation has been dispatched to the gentiles Ac 28:28 (cp. the passages fr. Lk and Ac in c end).

ⓑ When used w. other verbs, ἀ. often functions like our verbal auxiliary ‘have’ and means simply that the action in question has been performed by someone else (Gen 31:4; 41:8, 14; Ex 9:27; 2 Km 11:5 al.; X., Cyr. 3, 1, 6; Plut., Mor. 11c μεταπέμψας ἀνεῖλε τ. Θεόκριτον) ἀποστείλας ἀνεῖλεν he had (them) killed Mt 2:16. ἀ. ἐκράτησεν τ. Ἰωάννην he had John arrested Mk 6:17. ἀ. μετεκαλέσατο he had (him) summoned Ac 7:14. ἐσήμανεν ἀ. διὰ τ. ἀγγέλου αὐτοῦ he had it made known by his angel Rv 1:1. Sim. ἀπέστειλαν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι the sisters had word brought to him J 11:3. ἀ. ἐν ἀφέσει set free Lk 4:18b (Is 58:6).

ⓒ in related vein w. impers. obj. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 15 Jac.; cp. En 101:3; PsSol 7:4): ἀ. τὸ δρέπανον (one) sends for the sickle=‘sends for the reapers’; a species of synecdoche Mk 4:29 (Field, Notes 26, argues for ‘put forth’=‘put in’ on the basis principally of Jo 3:13, ἐξαποστείλατε δρέπανα, ὅτι παρέστηκεν τρύγητος, a clause formally sim. to the phrase in Mk. The sense linguistically remains the same: reapers must perform the task with a sickle. In the impv. construction of Jo the subject is specified and the action defined as a directive; in Mk the subj. is to be inferred and the directive implied). ἀ. αὐτούς, the owner arranges for dispatch of donkeys Mt 21:3. ἀ. τὸν λόγον send out a message (Ps 106:20; 147:7; cp. PLips 64, 42 τὸ περὶ τούτου ἀποσταλὲν πρόσταγμα) Ac 10:36; 13:26 v.l.; cp. Lk 24:49. Pass. Ac 28:28 (s. a above).

ⓓ abs. μήπως ἀποστείλῃ ὁ δεσπότης ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς lest the Lord dispatch (his wrath) upon us GJs 7:1 (Ezk 7:7).—See lit. s.v. ἀπόστολος.—B. 710. DELG s.v. στέλλω A. M-M. TW.

ἐπιτίθημι 3 pl. ἐπιτιθέασιν Mt 23:4, impv. ἐπιτίθει 1 Ti 5:22; impf. 3 pl. ἐπετίθεσαν Ac 8:17 (ἐπετίθουν v.l.); fut. ἐπιθήσω; 1 aor. ἐπέθηκα; 2 aor. ἐπέθην, impv. ἐπίθες, ptc. ἐπιθείς. Mid. fut. ἐπιθήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐπεθέμην (s. τίθημι; Hom.+).

① to place someth. on or transfer to (a place or object)

ⓐ lay/put upon

α. lit.: act., of placing of a physical thing τὶ (which somet. is to be supplied fr. the context; cp. Esth 5:2) ἐπί τι or τινα (X., Cyr. 7, 3, 14; SIG 1173, 9; cp. 1169, 4; PSI 442, 13 [III B.C.]; Gen 22:9; 42:26 al.; JosAs 29:5 αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον; ParJer 2:1 χοῦν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλήν) someth. upon someth. or someone Mt 23:4; Lk 15:5; J 9:6 v.l. (most mss. read ἐπέχρισεν), 15; Ac 15:10; 28:3; B 7:8. χεῖρα (χεῖρας) ἐπί τινα or τι lay hand(s) on someone or someth. (SIG 1173, 4; Ex 29:10; Lev 1:4; 4:4 al.—KSudhoff, Handanlegg. des Heilgottes: Archiv f. Gesch. d. Med. 18, 1926, 235–50) Mt 9:18; Mk 8:25 (v.l. ἔθηκεν); 16:18; Ac 8:17; 9:17 (cp. 1QapGen and s. SKotlek, ANRW II Principat 37/3, 2859). Also τινὶ τὰς χεῖρας (Jos., Ant. 9, 268; 16, 365) Mt 19:13, 15; Mk 5:23; 6:5; 8:23; Lk 4:40; 13:13 (v.l. ἐπʼ αὐτῇ); Ac 6:6; 8:19; 9:12; 13:3; 19:6; 28:8 (s. χείρ end [Coppens]); of authorization as an elder 1 Ti 5:22 (Goodsp., Probs. 181f; cp. 1QapGen 20, 29); cp. τὴν χεῖρα Mk 7:32; AcPl Ha 3, 31; 4, 34. ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλήν B 13:5 (Gen 48:18). S. on ἐπίθεσις.—In other combinations ἐ. τί τινι (X., Oec. 17, 9; Esth 2:17; 1 Esdr 4:30; TestJob 7:1; JosAs 10:5; Jos., Ant. 9, 149 ἐπέθεσαν αὐτῷ τ. στέφανον) αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρόν Lk 23:26; στέφανον … αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ J 19:2. ἐπειθήσι (=ἐπιθήσει) σοι ἐλευθέριον στέφανον AcPl Ha 2, 31. τοὺς λίθους ἐπετίθουν ἀλλήλαις they placed the stones on one another’s shoulders Hs 9, 3, 5.—τὶ ἐπί τινος (Hdt. 1, 121, 4 al.; 1 Km 6:18; Sus 34; ParJer 5:7; Just., D. 132, 2) Mt 21:7; Lk 8:16 v.l. ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ they placed (the crown of thorns) on his head Mt 27:29. ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς put above (his) head vs. 37.—τῷ μνημείῳ λίθον a stone at the grave Lk 23:53 v.l. (λίθοι) ἐπιτιθέμενοι εἰς τ. οἰκοδομήν stones put into the building Hv 3, 5, 2.

β. fig.: act. (except Ac 15:28, below) ἐ. πληγάς τινι inflict blows upon someone (BGU 759, 13 [II A.D.] πληγὰς πλείστας ἐπέθηκάν μοι) Ac 16:23; cp. Lk 10:30. Differently ἐπιθήσει ὁ θεὸς ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τ. πληγάς God will bring upon him the plagues Rv 22:18b (cp. δίκην τινί Hdt., Pla. et al., also UPZ 1, 13 [IV B.C.] ὁ θεὸ αὐτῷ τὴν δίκην ἐ. Dt 26:6; τειμωρίαν τινί IAndrosIsis, Kyme 20; 35); s. BOlsson, D. Epilog der Offb. Joh.: ZNW 31, ’32, 84–86.—Pass. Ac 15:28.—ἐ. τινὶ ὄνομα give a surname to someone (cp. Hdt. 5, 68 al.; BGU 1139, 7 [I B.C.]; 2 Esdr 19:7) Mk 3:16f (on the giving of new names to disciples cp. Diog. L. 5, 38: Theophrastus’ name was Τύρταμος; his teacher, Aristotle, μετωνόμασεν and gave him the name Theophrastus because of his god-like eloquence). B 12:8f ἐ. τὸ ἔλεος ἐπί τινα bestow mercy upon someone 15:2.

ⓑ give τινί τι someth. to someone, mid. (BGU 1208 1, 4 [27 B.C.]; PRyl 81, 9 τὴν ὅλου τ. πράγματος ἐξουσίαν τοῖς κατασπορεῦσι ἐπεθέμην) ἀναγομένοις τὰ πρὸς τὰς χρείας when we sailed they gave us what we needed Ac 28:10; unless the verb is to rendered here put on board the needed supplies (so NRSV, REB).

ⓒ add ἐπί τι, act. ( Hom., et al.) ἐπʼ αὐτά Rv 22:18a.

② to set upon, attack, lay a hand on, mid. (Jos., Ant. 1, 328) τινί (Hdt., Aristoph. et al.; Appian, Liby. 102 §482; PTebt 15, 11 [114 B.C.]; PFlor 332, 7; LXX; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 371; Jos., Ant. 4, 96) foll. by subst. inf. of purpose in gen. (Gen 43:18) οὐδεὶς ἐπιθήσεταί σοι τοῦ κακῶσαί σε in order to harm you Ac 18:10.—M-M. TW.

ἔρχομαι impv. ἔρχου, ἔρχεσθε; impf. ἠρχόμην; fut. ἐλεύσομαι; 2 aor. ἦλθον, and the mixed forms ἦλθα (W-S. §13, 13; B-D-F §81, 3; Mlt-H. 208f), ἤλθοσαν (LXX; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 12 [Stone p. 54]), ἤλθωσαν (GJs 21:1; ἤλθωσιν17:3; s. deStrycker p. 246f); pf. ἐλήλυθα; plpf. 3 sg. ἐληλύθει 3 Km 10:10, 12 (Hom.+). This multipurpose marker is not readily susceptible to precise classification, but the following outline of usage covers the principal lines:

① of movement from one point to another, with focus on approach from the narrator’s perspective, come

ⓐ of movement itself

α. abs. ἔρχου καὶ ἔρχεται Mt 8:9; Lk 7:8; cp. Mt 22:3; Lk 14:17; J 5:7; Ac 10:29; 1 Cor 11:34; Rv 8:3 al. κραυγὴ γέγονεν• ἰδοὺ ὁ νυμφίος ἔρχεται Mt 25:6 v.l. (Jos., Bell. 5, 272 βοῶντες• ὁ υἱὸς ἔρχεται). οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες Mk 6:31. ἦλθε δρομέως came on the run AcPl Ha 4, 30 (TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 24 [Stone p. 12] ἦλθεν δρομαία ἐπʼ αὐτούς=Sarah came to them on the run). Also w. the specif. mng. come back, return (Hom. et al.; Bar 4:37; 1 Esdr 5:8; Tob 2:3 BA) J 4:27; 9:7; Ro 9:9; of Joseph GJs 16:2 (foll. by κατέβη of Mary; both Joseph and Mary ‘return’ from an uninhabited area). Come before the judgment-seat of God 2 Cl 9:4. Come in a hostile sense Lk 11:22 P⁷⁵ et al. (cp. X., Hellenica 6, 5, 43).

β. used w. prepositions: ἀπό w. gen. of place (Herodian 1, 17, 8 ἀ. τοῦ λουτροῦ; ἀ. βορρᾶς PsSol 11:3; ἀ. τῆς μεγάλης πόλεως TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 30 [Stone p. 4]) Mk 7:1; 15:21; Ac 18:2; 2 Cor 11:9; w. gen. of pers. Mk 5:35; J 3:2b; Gal 2:12.—ἐκ w. gen. of place Lk 5:17; J 3:31b.—εἰς w. acc. of place into Mt 2:11; 8:14; 9:1; Mk 1:29; 5:38; Lk 23:42 (cp. 1bα below, end); J 11:30; εἰς Κόρινθον AcPl Ha 6, 2 (εἰς τὸν παράδεισον TestAbr A 11 p. 90, 1 [Stone p. 28]). to, toward J 11:38; 20:3. εἰς τὸ πέραν Mt 8:28; 16:5. εἰς τ. ἑορτήν to the festival, i.e. to celebrate it J 4:45b; 11:56. ἐκ … εἰς J 4:54.—διά w. gen. of place and εἰς Mk 7:31; ὁ … ἐρχόμενος διᾶ τῆς θύρας one who enters by the gate 10:2 (P⁷⁵).—μετά w. gen. of pers. ἵνα ἔλθῶ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ δόξη τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ so that I might return with him in the glory of his Father AcPl Ha 10, 8. ἐν w. dat. of the thing w. which one comes Ro 15:29. ἐν ῥάβδῳ 1 Cor 4:21, also to denote the state of being in which one comes ἐν πνεύματι Lk 2:27; cp. Ro 15:32; w. dat. of the pers. who accompanies someone Jd 14.—ἐπί w. acc. of place over Mt 14:28, to (JosAs 26:5; ParJer 8:4; Jos., Ant. 7, 16; Just., D. 88, 3) Lk 19:5; Ac 12:10, 12; w. acc. of thing to (PTor I, 1; II, 29 [116 B.C.] ἔρχεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ κριτήριον; Jos., Ant. 12, 395) Mt 3:7; Mk 11:13b; w. acc. of pers. to (ἐπὶ γυναῖκα Just., A I, 33, 3) J 19:33; Ac 24:8 v.l.; against Lk 14:31 (1 Macc 5:39 ἔρχ. ἐπί τινα εἰς πόλεμον; Jos., Ant. 7, 233; Mel., P. 17, 114).—κατά w. acc. of place to Lk 10:33; Ac 16:7; AcPl Ha 2, 5.—παρά w. acc. of place to Mt 15:29; w. gen. of pers. from Lk 8:49.—πρός w. acc. of pers. to (X., Mem. 1, 2, 27; En 106:4; JosAs 3:6; Jos., Ant. 2, 106; 11, 243; Just., D. 77, 4) Mt 3:14; 7:15; Mk 9:14; Lk 1:43; J 1:29, 47; 2 Cor 13:1 and oft. ἀπό τινος (gen. of pers.) πρός τινα 1 Th 3:6.

γ. w. an adverb of place ἄνωθεν ἔ. J 3:31. ἐκεῖ 18:3. ἐνθάδε 4:16. ὄπισθεν Mk 5:27. πόθεν (Jdth 10:12) J 3:8; 8:14; Rv 7:13. ποῦ Hb 11:8. ὧδε Mt 8:29; Ac 9:21 (ApcEsdr 5:10; ApcSed 9:4; cp. ParJer 7:16 ἐνταῦθα. The adv. w. a case funct. as prep. ἄχρι τινός Ac 11:5. ἐγγύς τινος Hv 4, 1, 9. ἕως τινός Lk 4:42 (ApcMos 34 ἐλθὲ ἕως ἐμοῦ).

δ. w. a case, without a prep.: dat. of pers. come to someone (Aeschyl., Prom. 358; Thu. 1, 13, 3; X., An. 7, 7, 30; BGU 1041, 16 [II A.D.] ὅτι ἔρχομαί σοι) Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9); Rv 2:5, 16.

ε. The purpose of coming is expressed by an inf. (Eur., Med. 1270, also Palaeph. p. 62, 12; 1 Macc 16:22; Bel 40 Theod.; 1 Esdr 1:23; 5:63; TestSol 5 D ἦλθε θεάσασθαι; TestAbr B 5 p. 109, 21 [Stone p. 66] ἔρχομαι … κοιμηθῆναι; Just., D. 78, 7 ὸ̔ν ἐληλύθεισαν προσκυνῆσαι) Mt 2:2; 12:42; Mk 15:36; Lk 1:59; 3:12 al.; by a fut. ptc. (Hom. et al.) Mt 27:49; Ac 8:27; by a pres. ptc. Lk 13:6 (TestJob 9:8 αἰτοῦντες); by ἵνα J 10:10; 12:9b (TestJob 34:5; ApcMos 29); εἰς τοῦτο ἵνα Ac 9:21; διά τινα J 12:9a.

ζ. Single forms of ἔ. are used w. other verbs to denote that a person, in order to do someth., must first come to a certain place: in parataxis ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθεν καί etc. (Ex 19:7; 2 Km 13:36; 2 Esdr 5:16; JosAs 10:6; TestJob 8:3; ApcMos 37) Mt 13:19, 25; Mk 2:18; 4:15; 5:33; 6:29; 12:9; 14:37; Lk 8:12, 47; J 6:15; 11:48; 12:22; 19:38; 20:19, 26; 21:13; 3J 3; Rv 5:7; 17:1; 21:9. ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε J 1:46; 11:34. ἔρχεσθε καὶ ὄψεσθε 1:39. A ptc. of ἔ. followed by a finite verb ἐλθών (Hdt. 2, 115; LXX; TestJob 7:1; Just., D. 8, 4 al.) Mt 2:8; 8:7; 9:10, 18 (cp. εἷς 3b; προσέρχομαι 1a); 12:44; 14:12; 18:31; 27:64; 28:13; Mk 7:25; 12:14, 42; 14:45; 16:1; Ac 16:37, 39. ἐρχόμενος Lk 13:14; 16:21; 18:5. The participial constr. is best transl. come and. In some pass. ἐλθών is to be rendered when (someone) has come J 16:8; 2 Cor 12:20; Phil 1:27 (opp. ἀπών).—Instead of the transcription ]λη λυθεισα POxy 1081, 3, read after the Coptic SJCh 88, 19–89, 1: ἐ]ληλύθεισαν.

ⓑ of making an appearance come before the public, appear (cp. ἦλθον εἰς τόνδε τὸν κόσμον ‘I was born’ Ar. 1, 1).

α. of Jesus as Messiah Lk 3:16; J 4:25; 7:27, 31, who for this reason (on the basis of pass. like Ps 117:26; Hab 2:3; Da 7:13 Theod.) is called ὁ ἐρχόμενος Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19f; Hb 10:37 (Hab 2:3), or ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38; J 12:13 (in all cases Ps 117:26); also in John, in whose writings the idea of Jesus having come heaven-sent to the earth is of considerable importance J 16:28: (ὁ προφήτης) ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τ. κόσμον J 6:14; 11:27 (cp. ἐρχόμενος εἰς τ. κόσμον ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν ParJer 9:20). Of the appearance of Jesus among humans (s. Harnack, ‘Ich bin gekommen’: ZTK 22, 1912, 1–30; AFrövig, D. Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. d. Geist 1924, 129ff) Mt 11:19; Lk 7:34; J 5:43; 7:28; 8:42. Foll. by the inf. of purpose Mt 5:17; 10:34f; Lk 19:10. W. ἵνα foll. J 10:10b (ἦλθον, as here, Herm. Wr. 1, 30). W. εἰς τ. κόσμον and ἵνα foll. 12:46; 18:37; εἰς κρίμα, ἵνα 9:39; w. inf. foll. 1 Ti 1:15. ἔ. ἐν σαρκί come in the flesh 1J 4:2; 2J 7; B 5:10f. εἰς σάρκα AcPlCor 1:14. ἔ διʼ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1J 5:6 w. the continuation ἐν τ. ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τ. αἵματι (on the mng. of the prep. s. B-D-F §223, 3; 198, 4). ὀπίσω w. gen. come after of Christ in relation to his forerunner Mt 3:11; Mk 1:7; J 1:15, 27, 30. The idea of coming is even plainer in connection w. the coming of the Human One (Son of Man), the return of Jesus fr. his heavenly home Mt 10:23; Ac 1:11 (opp. πορεύεσθαι); 1 Cor 4:5; 11:26; 2 Th 1:10 (Just., D. 28, 2 al.). W. ἐν τῇ δόξῃ Mt 16:27; 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26 (cp. ἔνδοξος … ἐλεύσεται Just., D. 49, 2). ἐπὶ τ. νεφελῶν μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης Mt 24:30 (Just., D. 31, 1). ἐν νεφέλαις, νεφέλῃ etc. Mk 13:26; Lk 21:27. ἐν τ. βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ in his kingdom Mt 16:28; Lk 23:42 v.l.

β. of forerunners of the Messiah and those who identify themselves as such: Elijah Mt 11:14; 17:10, 11, 12; Mk 9:11, 12, 13 (Just., D. 49, 1); John the Baptist Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; J 1:31; w. εἰς μαρτυρίαν for testimony 1:7. Others, including false messiahs, false teachers, and an antichrist Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8 (ἐπὶ τ. ὀνόματί μου calling on my name); J 10:8; 2 Cor 11:4; 2 Pt 3:3; 1J 2:18.

② to proceed on a course, with destination in view, go (Hom. et al.; LXX) ὀπίσω τινός go with (lit. ‘after’) someone fig., of a disciple Mt 16:24; Mk 8:34 v.l.; Lk 9:23; 14:27. ἐπί τι go to someth. Mt 21:19; Mk 11:13a (w. indir. quest. foll.). πρός τινα Lk 15:20. σύν τινι J 21:3. ἔ. ὁδόν go on a journey (Hom. et al.) Lk 2:44. S. also 1bα above.

③ to change place or position, with implication of being brought, be brought (Hom. et al.; Thu. 6, 71, 2 χρήματα; Arrian, Anab. 2, 13, 5 ἀγγελία et al.) ὁ λύχνος the lamp is brought Mk 4:21. Sim. ἐλθούσης τ. ἐντολῆς when the commandment came Ro 7:9.

④ to take place, come

ⓐ of time

α. of temporal increments ἔρχονται ἡμέραι in future sense (1 Km 2:31; Am 8:11) Lk 23:29; Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31); ἐλεύσονται ἡμ. Mt 9:15; Mk 2:20; Lk 5:35; 17:22; 21:6 (TestSol 13:7 C; Just., D. 40, 2). ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα 22:7; Rv 6:17.—ἔρχεται ὥρα ὅτε the time is coming when J 4:21, 23; 5:25; 16:25; also ἔ. ὥρα ἐν ᾗ J 5:28; ἔ. ὥρα ἵνα 16:2, 32. ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα the hour has come = the hour is here Mk 14:41b; J 16:4; Rv 14:7, 15; w. ἵνα foll. J 13:1 (ἥκω P66). ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥ. ἵνα 12:23; 16:32; without ἵνα 17:1; cp. 7:30; 8:20.—ἔρχεται νύξ 9:4 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 40 §159 νυκτὸς ἐρχομένης). ἡμέρα κυρίου 1 Th 5:2. καιροί Ac 3:20 (GrBar 8:1 ὁ καιρός). τὸ πλήρωμα τ. χρόνου Gal 4:4.

β. of events and situations that are connected w. a certain time ὁ θερισμός J 4:35. ὁ γάμος τ. ἀρνίου Rv 19:7. ἡ κρίσις 18:10. So also the ptc. ἐρχόμενος coming, future, imminent: αἰὼν ἐ. (=הָעוֹלָם הַבָּא) the age to come Mk 10:30; Lk 18:30; ἑορτὴ ἐ. the coming festival Ac 18:21 v.l.; σάββατον ἐ. 13:44; ὀργὴ ἐ. the wrath which will be revealed (at the Judgment) 1 Th 1:10. τὰ ἐρχόμενα what is to come (Is 44:7 τὰ ἐπερχόμενα) J 16:13. Of God in Rv ὁ ὢν κ. ὁ ἦν κ. ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1:4, 8; 4:8.

ⓑ of events and circumstances

α. of natural or sensory phenomena (Hom. et al.; also TestAbr A 19 p. 102, 10 [Stone p. 52]; βροντῆς … καὶ ἀστραπῆς ἐλθούσης; ApcEsdr 5:7 νεφέλη) ποταμοί Mt 7:25, 27. κατακλυσμός Lk 17:27. λιμός Ac 7:11. Of rain ἔ. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς come upon the earth Hb 6:7. Sim. of the coming down of birds fr. the air Mt 13:4, 32; Mk 4:4; of a voice resounding fr. heaven ἦλθεν φωνὴ ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ J 12:28 (Test Abr A 10 p. 88, 15 and 14 p. 94, 25 [Stone p. 24; p. 36]; Just., D. 88, 8; cp. Il. 10, 139; En 13:8; TestSol 1:3 VW; TestJob 3:1; ParJer 9:12; ApcEsdr 7:13).

β. of transcendent and moral-spiritual phenomena: of spiritual coming of God come, appear J 14:23; of Christ ibid. and vss. 3, 18, 28; of the Paraclete 15:26; 16:7, 13.—ἡ ἀποστασία 2 Th 2:3. ἡ βασιλεία τ. θεοῦ Mt 6:10; Lk 11:2 (MBurrows, JBL 74, ’55, 1–8); 17:20; 22:18 al.; 1 Cl 42:3.—τ. σκάνδαλα Mt 18:7; Lk 17:1. τὰ ἀγαθά Ro 3:8 (cp. Jer. 17:6). τὸ τέλειον 1 Cor 13:10. ἡ πίστις Gal 3:23, 25.

⑤ ἐ. in var. prepositional combinations ἔ. ἐκ τ. θλίψεως have suffered persecution Rv 7:14. ἔ. εἰς τὸ χεῖρον Mk 5:26 (Witkowski no. 36, 12=White no. 35 τοῦ παιδίου εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα ἐληλυθότος of a child in desperate circumstances; TestAbr A 20 p. 102, 27 [Stone p. 52] εἰς θάνατον ἔρχονται). εἰς τοσαύτην ἀπόνοιαν, ὥστε 1 Cl 46:7 (Hyperid. 2, 5 εἰς τοῦτο ἀπονοίας ἔ., ὥστε). εἰς πειρασμόν Mk 14:38 (cp. Himerius, Or. 48 [Or. 14], 19 εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν ἐλθεῖν). εἰς ἀπελεγμόν Ac 19:27. εἰς τὴν ὥραν ταύτην J 12:27. ἔ. εἰς κρίσιν submit to judgment (letter of Philip in Demosth. 12, 11; 16; ApcEsdr 2:26 ἔλθωμεν ὁμοῦ εἰς κρίσιν) 5:24. εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν 1 Ti 2:4; 2 Ti 3:7 (Polyb. 6, 9, 12; Appian, Mithr. 31 §123 ἔρχεσθαι ἐς γνῶσίν τινος; Cebes 12, 3 εἰς τὴν ἀληθινὴν παιδείαν ἐλθεῖν; TestSol 20:5 εἰς ἔννοιαν ἐλθεῖν; Just., D. 90, 1 οὐδʼ εἰς ἔννοιαν τούτου ἐλθεῖν). ἵνα ἔλθω εἰς τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν so that I might realize the resurrection of the dead (cp. ApcMos 10 εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς ἀναστάσεως) AcPlCor 2:35. εἰς φανερόν come to light Mk 4:22; Lk 8:17. εἰς προκοπήν result in furthering Phil 1:12 (cp. Wsd 15:5). ἔ. εἴς τι of the writer of a letter come to, i.e. deal with someth. (a new subject) 2 Cor 12:1 (cp. w. ἐπὶ Ar. 2:1 al.; Just., D. 42 ἐπὶ τὸν λόγον). εἰς ἑαυτόν come to oneself (=to one’s senses) (Diod S 13, 95, 2; Epict. 3, 1, 15; TestJos 3:9; GrBar 17:3; Sb 5763, 35) Lk 15:17. ἐπί τινα of serious misfortunes come over someone (Dt 28:15; Jos., Ant. 4, 128) J 18:4 (cp. PIand 21, 2 ἡμῶν τὰ ἐρχόμενα οὐκ οἶδα); tortures IRo 5:3; blood upon the murderers Mt 23:35; the Holy Spirit comes down upon someone (cp. Ezk 2:2; Just., D. 49, 7; 88, 1 ἐλεύσεσθαι ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τὰς δυνάμεις) Mt 3:16; Lk 11:2 v.l.; Ac 19:6; peace Mt 10:13; the wrath of God Eph 5:6; cp. Col 3:6; ἡ βασιλεία Lk 11:2 D; ἔ. πρὸς τ. Ἰησοῦν come to Jesus = become disciples of Jesus J 5:40; 6:35, 37, 44f, 65; πρὸς τ. πατέρα 14:6. ἔ. ὑπὸ τὸν ζυγόν 1 Cl 16:17 (cp. PsSol 18, 7f. ὑπὸ ῥάβδον παιδείας Χριστοῦ).—Not infreq. the pres. ἔρχομαι has the mng. of the fut.: Mt 17:11; Lk 12:54 (corresp. to καύσων ἔσται vs. 55); 19:13; J 14:3. Esp. also ἕως ἔρχομαι until I shall come J 21:22f; 1 Ti 4:13; Hs 5, 2, 2; 9, 10, 5; 6; 9, 11, 1. S. B-D-F §323; 383, 1; Rob. 869. S. also 4aα above.—B. 696. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

ἐκ, before vowels ἐξ, prep. w. gen. (Hom.+; s. lit. s.v. ἀνά and εἰς beg.)

① marker denoting separation, from, out of, away from

ⓐ w. the place or thing fr. which separation takes place. Hence esp. w. verbs of motion ἀναβαίνω, ἀναλύω, ἀνίστημι, ἐγείρομαι, εἰσέρχομαι, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐξέρχομαι, ἔρχομαι, ἥκω, καταβαίνω, μεταβαίνω, ῥύομαι, συνάγω, φεύγω; s. these entries. καλεῖν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου Mt 2:15 (Hos 11:1); ἐκ σκότους 1 Pt 2:9. αἴρειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 17:15. ἐξαλείφειν ἐκ τῆς βίβλου Rv 3:5 (Ex 32:32f; Ps 68:29). ἀποκυλίειν τ. λίθον ἐκ τ. θύρας Mk 16:3; cp. J 20:1; Rv 6:14; σῴζειν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγ. Jd 5; διασῴζειν ἐκ τ. θαλάσσης Ac 28:4. παραγίνεσθαι ἐξ ὁδοῦ arrive on a journey (lit. from, i.e. interrupting a journey) Lk 11:6; fig. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐξ ὁδοῦ bring back fr. the way Js 5:20; cp. 2 Pt 2:21. ἐκ τῆς χειρός τινος (Hebraistically מִיַּד פּ׳, oft. LXX; s. B-D-F §217, 2; Rob. 649) from someone’s power ἐξέρχεσθαι J 10:39; ἁρπάζειν 10:28f (cp. Plut., Ages. 615 [34, 6] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν Ἐπαμινώνδου τ. πόλιν ἐξαρπάσας; JosAs 12:8 ἅρπασόν με ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ ἐχθροῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 12:11 (cp. Aeschin. 3, 256 ἐκ τ. χειρῶν ἐξελέσθαι τῶν Φιλίππου; Sir 4:9; Bar 4:18, 21 al.); ῥύεσθαι Lk 1:74; cp. vs. 71 (Ps 105:10; Wsd 2:18; JosAs 12:10); εἰρυσταί σε κύριος ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνόμου AcPlCor 1:8 (cp. ἐκ τούτων ἄπαντων PsSol 13:4).—After πίνειν, of the object fr. which one drinks (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 3): ἐκ τ. ποτηρίου Mt 26:27; Mk 14:23; 1 Cor 11:28; cp. 10:4; J 4:12. Sim. φαγεῖν ἐκ τ. θυσιαστηρίου Hb 13:10.

ⓑ w. a group or company fr. which separation or dissociation takes place (Hyperid. 6, 17 and Lucian, Cyn. 13 ἐξ ἀνθρώπων) ἐξολεθρεύειν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ Ac 3:23 (Ex 30:33; Lev 23:29). συμβιβάζειν ἐκ τ. ὄχλου 19:33; ἐκλέγειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 15:19; cp. Mt 13:41, 47; Ac 1:24; 15:22; Ro 9:24. For ἐκ freq. ἐκ μέσου Mt 13:49; Ac 17:33; 23:10; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:17 (cp. Ex 31:14).—ἀνιστάναι τινὰ ἔκ τινων Ac 3:22 (Dt 18:15); ἐκ νεκρῶν 17:31. ἐγείρειν τινὰ ἐκ νεκρῶν J 12:1, 9, 17; Ac 3:15; 4:10; 13:30; Hb 11:19; AcPlCor 2:6; ἀνίστασθαι ἐκ νεκρῶν Ac 10:41; 17:3; ἀνάστασις ἐκ νεκρ. Lk 20:35; 1 Pt 1:3; cp. Ro 10:7. Also s. ἠρεμέω.

ⓒ of situations and circumstances out of which someone is brought, from: ἐξαγοράζειν ἔκ τινος redeem fr. someth. Gal 3:13; also λυτροῦν (cp. Sir 51:2) 1 Pt 1:18; σῴζειν ἔκ τινος save fr. someth. J 12:27; Hb 5:7; Js 5:20 (Od. 4, 753; MLetronne, Recueil des Inscr. 1842/8, 190; 198 σωθεὶς ἐκ; SIG 1130, 1f; UPZ 60:6f [s. διασῴζω]; PVat A, 7 [168 B.C.]=Witkowski 36, 7 διασεσῶσθαι ἐκ μεγάλων κινδύνων; Sir 51:11; EpJer 49; JosAs 4:8 ἐκ τοῦ … λιμοῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 7:10 (cp. Wsd 10:1; Sir 29:12). τηρεῖν ἔκ τινος keep from someth. Rv 3:10; μεταβαίνειν ἔκ τινος εἴς τι J 5:24; 1J 3:14; μετανοεῖν ἔκ τινος repent and turn away fr. someth. Rv 2:21f; 9:20f; 16:11. ἀναπαύεσθαι ἐκ τ. κόπων rest fr. one’s labors 14:13. ἐγείρεσθαι ἐξ ὕπνου wake fr. sleep (Epict. 2, 20, 15; Sir 22:9; cp. ParJer 5:2 οὐκ ἐξυπνίσθη ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου αὐτοῦ) Ro 13:11. ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 11:15. ζῶντες ἐκ νεκρῶν people who have risen fr. death to life 6:13 (cp. Soph., Oed. R. 454; X., An. 7, 7, 28; Demosth. 18, 131 ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ γεγονώς; Palaeph. 3, 2). S. ἀνάστασις 2b.

ⓓ of pers. and things with whom a connection is severed or is to remain severed: τηρεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ keep them fr. the evil one J 17:15; cp. Ac 15:29. Pregnant constr.: ἀνανήφειν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 2 Ti 2:26. νικᾶν ἔκ τινος free oneself from … by victory Rv 15:2 (for possible Latinism s. reff. to Livy and Velleius Paterculus in OLD s.v. ‘victoria’; but s. also RCharles, ICC Rv II, 33). ἐλεύθερος ἐκ 1 Cor 9:19 (cp. Eur., Herc. Fur. 1010 ἐλευθεροῦντες ἐκ δρασμῶν πόδα ‘freeing our feet from flight’ [=we recovered from our flight]). καθαρός εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐξ αὐτῆς I practiced abstinence with her GJs 15:4.

② marker denoting the direction fr. which someth. comes, from καταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους (Il. 13, 17; X., An. 7, 4, 12; Ex 19:14; 32:1 al.; JosAs 4:1 ἐκ τοῦ ὑπερῴου) Mt 17:9. θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται Lk 21:18. ἐκπίπτειν ἐκ τ. χειρῶν Ac 12:7. διδάσκειν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου Lk 5:3. ἐκ τῆς βάτου χρηματισμοῦ διδομένου 1 Cl 17:5 (cp. Just., A I, 62:3). ἐκ τῆς πρύμνης ῥίψαντες τὰς ἀγκύρας Ac 27:29. κρέμασθαι ἔκ τινος (Hom. et al.; 1 Macc 1:61; 2 Macc 6:10; Jos., Ant. 14, 107) 28:4. ἐκ ῥιζῶν to (lit. from) its roots (Job 28:9; 31:12) Mk 11:20; B 12:9.—Since the Greek feeling concerning the relation betw. things in this case differed fr. ours, ἐκ could answer the question ‘where?’ (cp. Soph., Phil. 20; Synes., Ep. 131 p. 267a ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας μερίδος=on the other side; BGU 975, 11; 15 [45 A.D.]; PGM 36, 239; LXX; JosAs 16:12 εἱστήκει … ἐξ εὐωνύμων; 22:7) ἐκ δεξιῶν at (on) the right (δεξιός 1b) Mt 20:21, 23; 22:44 (Ps 109:1); 25:33; Lk 1:11; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8), 34 (Ps 109:1); 7:55f; B 11:10. ἐξ ἐναντίας opposite Mk 15:39 (Hdt. 8, 6, 2; Thu. 4, 33, 1; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 461, 6; Sir 37:9; Wsd 4:20 al.); ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας the opponent (Sext. Emp., Adv. Phys. 1, 66 [=Adv. Math. 9, 66]; 2, 69 [=Adv. Math. 10, 69], Adv. Eth. 1, 25; Bias in Diog. L. 1, 84) Tit 2:8.—ἐκ τοῦ κατωτάτου ᾅδου … προσευχομένου Ἰωνᾶ AcPlCor 2:30.

③ marker denoting origin, cause, motive, reason, from, of

ⓐ in expr. which have to do w. begetting and birth from, of, by: ἐκ introduces the role of the male (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 9 ἐκ θεοῦ ἔστι; JosAs 21:8 συνέλαβεν Ἀσενὲθ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ; Tat. 33, 3 συλλαμβάνουσιν ἐκ φθορέως; Ath. 22, 4 ἐκ τοῦ Κρόνου; SIG 1163, 3; 1169, 63; OGI 383, 3; 5 [I B.C.]) ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Mt 1:18. κοίτην ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Ro 9:10; also of the female (SIG 1160, 3; PEleph 1, 9 [311/10 B.C.] τεκνοποιεῖσθαι ἐξ ἄλλης γυναικός; PFay 28, 9 γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 14 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 1, 191; Ath. 20, 3 ἐξ ἧς παῖς Διόνυσος αὐτῷ) γεννᾶν τινα ἐκ beget someone by (a woman; s. γεννάω 1a) Mt 1:3, 5, etc. ἐκ Μαρίας ἐγεννῄθη AcPlCor 1:14; 2:5; γίνεσθαι ἐκ γυναικός (Jos., Ant. 11, 152; Ar. 9, 7) Gal 4:4; cp. vs. 22f.—γεννᾶσθαι ἐξ αἱμάτων κτλ. J 1:13; ἐκ τ. σαρκός 3:6; ἐκ πορνείας 8:41. ἐγείρειν τινὶ τέκνα ἐκ Mt 3:9; Lk 3:8. (τὶς) ἐκ καρποῦ τ. ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ Ac 2:30 (Ps 131:11). γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ τ. θεοῦ J 1:13; 1J 3:9; 4:7; 5:1, 4, 18 (Just., A I, 22, 2); ἐκ τ. πνεύματος J 3:6 (opp. ἐκ τ. σαρκός). εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ (Menand., Sam. 602 S. [257 Kö.]) J 8:47; 1J 4:4, 6; 5:19; opp. εἶναι ἐκ τ. διαβόλου J 8:44; 1J 3:8 (cp. OGI 90, 10 of Ptolemaeus Epiphanes ὑπάρχων θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ κ. θεᾶς).

ⓑ to denote origin as to family, race, city, people, district, etc.: ἐκ Ναζαρέτ J 1:46. ἐκ πόλεως vs. 44. ἐξ οἴκου Lk 1:27; 2:4. ἐκ γένους (Jos., Ant. 11, 136) Phil 3:5; Ac 4:6. ἐκ φυλῆς (Jos., Ant. 6, 45; 49; PTebt I, 26, 15) Lk 2:36; Ac 13:21; 15:23; Ro 11:1. Ἑβρ. ἐξ Ἑβραίων a Hebrew, the son of Hebrews Phil 3:5 (Goodsp., Probs., 175f; on the connotation of ancestral ἀρετή Phil 3:5 cp. New Docs VII 233, no. 10, 5). ἐκ σπέρματός τινος J 7:42; Ro 1:3; 11:1. ἐξ ἐθνῶν Ac 15:23; cp. Gal 2:15. Cp. Lk 23:7; Ac 23:34. ἐκ τ. γῆς J 3:31. For this ἐκ τῶν κάτω J 8:23 (opp. ἐκ τ. ἄνω). ἐκ (τούτου) τ. κόσμου 15:19ab; 17:14; 1J 2:16; 4:5. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30.—To express a part of the whole, subst.: οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ the Israelites Ro 9:6. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας selfish, factious people 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου partisans of the law 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ πίστεως those who have faith Gal 3:7, 9; cp. the sg. Ro 3:26; 4:16. οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς the circumcision party Ac 11:2; Ro 4:12; Gal 2:12. οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς Tit 1:10. For this οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς Col 4:11. οἱ ἐκ τ. συναγωγῆς members of the synagogue Ac 6:9. οἱ ἐκ τῶν Ἀριστοβούλου Ro 16:10f. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22 (s. Καῖσαρ and οἰκία 3). In these cases the idea of belonging, the partisan use, often completely overshadows that of origin; cp. Dg 6:3.

ⓒ to denote derivation (Maximus Tyr. 13, 3f φῶς ἐκ πυρός; Ath. 18:3 γένεσιν … ἐξ ὕδατος) καπνὸς ἐκ τ. δόξης τ. θεοῦ Rv 15:8 (cp. EpJer 20 καπνὸς ἐκ τ. οἰκίας). ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τ. Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν J 4:22. εἶναι ἔκ τινος come, derive from someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 7, 209) Mt 5:37; J 7:17, 22; 1J 2:16, 21; εἶναι is oft. to be supplied Ro 2:29; 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6 ( Plut., Mor. 1001c); 11:12; 2 Cor 4:7; Gal 5:8. ἔργα ἐκ τοῦ πατρός J 10:32. οἰκοδομὴ ἐκ θεοῦ 2 Cor 5:1; χάρισμα 1 Cor 7:7; δικαιοσύνη Phil 3:9. φωνὴ ἐκ τ. στόματος αὐτοῦ Ac 22:14. Here belongs the constr. w. ἐκ for the subj. gen., as in ἡ ἐξ ὑμῶν (v.l.) ἀγάπη 2 Cor 8:7; ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν ζῆλος 9:2 v.l.; Rv 2:9 (cp. Vett. Val. 51, 16; CIG II 3459, 11 τῇ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς κοσμιότητι; pap. [Rossberg 14f]; 1 Macc 11:33 χάριν τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν εὐνοίας; 2 Macc 6:26). ἐγένετο ζήτησις ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου there arose a discussion on the part of John’s disciples J 3:25 (Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4 ζήτησις πολλὴ ἐκ πάντων ἐγένετο; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 24 §91 σφαγή τις ἐκ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐγένετο).

ⓓ of the effective cause by, because of (cp. the ‘perfectivizing’ force of ἐκ and other prepositions in compounds, e.g. Mt 4:7; Mk 9:15. B-D-F §318, 5)

α. personal in nature, referring to originator (X., An. 1, 1, 6; Diod S 19, 1, 4 [saying of Solon]; Arrian, Anab. 3, 1, 2; 4, 13, 6 of an inspired woman κατεχομένη ἐκ τοῦ θείου; Achilles Tat. 5, 27, 2; SibOr 3, 395; Just.: A I, 12, 5 ἐκ δαιμόνων φαύλων … καὶ ταῦτα … ἐνεργεῖσθαι, also D. 18, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 7, 85 H. ἐκ θεῶν σεσωσμένη; Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 7, 19 Lag. τὸν ἐκ θεοῦ σοι ἀποδιδόμενον μισθόν): ὠφελεῖσθαι ἔκ τινος Mt 15:5; Mk 7:11. ζημιοῦσθαι 2 Cor 7:9. λυπεῖσθαι 2:2. εὐχαριστεῖσθαι 1:11. ἀδικεῖσθαι Rv 2:11. ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλάλησα J 12:49 (cp. Soph., El. 344 οὐδὲν ἐξ σαυτῆς λέγεις).

β. impersonal in nature (Arrian, Anab. 3, 21, 10 ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐκ τ. τραυμάτων; 6, 25, 4; JosAs 29:8 ἐκ τοῦ τραύματος τοῦ λίθου; POxy 486, 32 τὰ ἐμὰ ἐκ τ. ἀναβάσεως τ. Νίλου ἀπολωλέναι): ἀποθανεῖν ἐκ τ. ὑδάτων Rv 8:11. πυροῦσθαι 3:18. σκοτοῦσθαι 9:2. φωτίζεσθαι 18:1. κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας J 4:6 (Aelian, VH 3, 23 ἐκ τοῦ πότου ἐκάθευδεν). ἔκαμον ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ GJs 15:1.

ⓔ of the reason which is a presupposition for someth.: by reason of, as a result of, because of (X., An. 2, 5, 5; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 42 §185 ἐκ προδοσίας; POxy 486, 28f ἐκ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς; Just., A I, 68, 3 ἐξ ἐπιστολῆς; numerous examples in Mayser II/2 p. 388; Philo, De Jos. 184 ἐκ διαβολῆς; Jos., Vi. 430; JosAs 11 παραλελυμένη … ἐκ τῆς πολλῆς ταπεινώσεως; Ar. 8, 6 ἐκ τούτων … τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῆς πλάνης; Just., A I, 4, 1 ἐκ τοῦ … ὀνόματος; also inf.: 33, 2 ἵνα … ἐκ τοῦ προειρῆσθαι πιστευθῇ 68, 3 al.): δικαιοῦσθαι ἔκ τινος Ro 4:2; Gal 2:16; 3:24; cp. Ro 3:20, 30 (cp. εἴ τις ἐκ γένους [δίκαι]ος=has the right of citizenship by descent [i.e. has the law on his side]: letter of MAurelius 34, ZPE 8, ’71, 170); οὐκ … ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ he does not live because of his possessions Lk 12:15. ἐκ ταύτης τ. ἐργασίας Ac 19:25. ἐξ ἔργων λαβεῖν τὸ πνεῦμα Gal 3:2, 5; cp. Ro 11:6. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως λαβεῖν τ. νεκρούς Hb 11:35. ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας 2 Cor 13:4. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν as far as it depends on you Ro 12:18.—ἐκ τοῦ πόνου in anguish Rv 16:10; cp. vs. 11; 8:13.—ἐκ τούτου for this reason, therefore (SIG 1168, 47; 1169, 18; 44; 62f; BGU 423, 17=Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 480, 17) J 6:66; 19:12.

ⓕ Sim. ἐκ can introduce the means which one uses for a definite purpose, with, by means of (Polyaenus 3, 9, 62 ἐξ ἱμάντος=by means of a thong) ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ Lk 16:9 (X., An. 6, 4, 9; PTebt 5, 80 [118 B.C.] ἐκ τ. ἱερῶν προσόδων; ParJer 1:7 [of Jerusalem] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν σου ἀφανισθήτω; Jos., Vi. 142 ἐκ τ. χρημάτων); cp. 8:3.

ⓖ of the source, fr. which someth. flows or comes:

α. λαλεῖν ἐκ τ. ἰδίων J 8:44. ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τ. καρδίας Mt 12:34. τὰ ἐκ τ. ἱεροῦ the food from the temple 1 Cor 9:13. ἐκ τ. εὐαγγελίου ζῆν get one’s living by proclaiming the gospel vs. 14.

β. information, insight, etc. (X., An. 7, 7, 43 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κατέμαθες; Just., A I, 28, 1 ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων συγγραμμάτων … μαθεῖν 34, 2 al.) κατηχεῖσθαι ἐκ Ro 2:18. ἀκούειν ἐκ J 12:34. γινώσκειν Mt 12:33; Lk 6:44; 1J 3:24; 4:6. ἐποπτεύειν 1 Pt 2:12. δεικνύναι Js 2:18 (cp. ἀποδεικνύναι Just., D. 33, 1).

γ. of the inner life, etc., fr. which someth. proceeds (since Il. 9, 486): ἐκ καρδίας Ro 6:17; 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. (cp. Theocr. 29, 4; M. Ant. 3, 3). ἐκ ψυχῆς Eph 6:6; Col 3:23 (X., An. 7, 7, 43, Oec. 10, 4; Jos., Ant. 17, 177; 1 Macc 8:27). ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 Ti 1:5; 2 Ti 2:22; 1 Pt 1:22. ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ψυχῆς σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. διανοίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ἰσχύος σου Mk 12:30; cp. Lk 10:27 (Dt 6:5; cp. Wsd 8:21; 4 Macc 7:18; Epict. 2, 23, 42 ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς). ἐκ πίστεως Ro 14:23; cp. 2 Cor 2:17. Also of circumstances which accompany an action without necessarily being the source of it: γράφειν ἐκ πολλῆς θλίψεως write out of great affliction 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 1:17.

ⓗ of the material out of which someth. is made (Hdt. 1, 194; Pla., Rep. 10, 616c; OGI 194, 28 [42 B.C.] a statue ἐκ σκληροῦ λίθου; PMagd 42, 5 [221 B.C.]=PEnteux 83, 5; POxy 707, 28; PGM 13, 659; Wsd 15:8; 1 Macc 10:11; Jdth 1:2; En 99:13; JosAs 3:9; Just., A I, 59, 1) of, from στέφανος ἐξ ἀκανθῶν Mt 27:29; J 19:2; cp. 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21; 1 Cor 15:47; Rv 18:12; 21:21; perh. also 1 Cor 11:12 ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρός.

ⓘ of the underlying rule or principle according to, in accordance with (Hdt., Pla. et al. [Kühner-G. I 461g], also OGI 48, 12 [III B.C.] ἐκ τ. νόμων; PEleph 1, 12 [312/11 B.C.] ἐκ δίκης; PPetr III, 26, 9 ἐκ κρίσεως; LXX, e.g. 1 Macc 8:30; Jos., Ant. 6, 296 ἐκ κυνικῆς ἀσκήσεως πεποιημένος τὸν βίον) ἐκ τ. λόγων Mt 12:37 (cp. Wsd 2:20). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε by what you have said Lk 19:22 (cp. Sus 61 Theod.; also X., Cyr. 2, 2, 21 ἐκ τ. ἔργων κρίνεσθαι). ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων on the basis of things written Rv 20:12. ἐκ τ. καλοῦντος Ro 9:12. ἐκ τ. ἔχειν in accordance w. your ability 2 Cor 8:11. ἐξ ἰσότητος on the basis of equality vs. 13.

④ marker used in periphrasis, from, of

ⓐ for the partitive gen. (B-D-F §164, 1 and 2; 169; Rob. 599; 1379).

α. after words denoting number εἷς, μία, ἕν (Hdt. 2, 46, 2 ἐκ τούτων εἷς; POxy 117, 14ff [II/III A.D.] δύο … ἐξ ὧν … ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν; Tob 12:15 BA; Sir 32:1; Jos., Bell. 7, 47; JosAs 20:2 ἐκ τῶν παρθένων μία Just., D. 126, 4) Mt 10:29; 18:12; 22:35; 27:48; Mk 9:17 al.; εἷς τις J 11:49; δύο Mk 16:12; Lk 24:13; J 1:35; 21:2. πέντε Mt 25:2. πολλοί (1 Macc 5:26; 9:69) J 6:60, 66; 7:31; 11:19, 45. οἱ πλείονες 1 Cor 15:6. οὐδείς (Epict. 1, 29, 37; 1 Macc 5:54; 4 Macc 14:4; Ar. 13, 6; Just., D. 16, 2) J 7:19; 16:5. χιλιάδες ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς Rv 7:4.

β. after the indef. pron. (Plut., Galba 1065 [27, 2]; Herodian 5, 3, 9; 3 Macc 2:30; Jos., Vi. 279) Lk 11:15; J 6:64; 7:25, 44, 48; 9:16; 11:37, 46 al. Also after the interrog. pron. Mt 6:27; 21:31; Lk 11:5; 12:25; 14:28 al.

γ. the partitive w. ἐκ as subj. (2 Km 11:17) εἶπαν ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ J 16:17.—Rv 11:9. As obj., pl. Mt 23:34; Lk 11:49; 21:16; 2J 4 (cp. Sir 33:12; Jdth 7:18; 10:17 al.).

δ. used w. εἶναι belong to someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 12, 399) καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ you also belong to them Mt 26:73; cp. Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58; J 7:50; 10:26; Ac 21:8; cp. 2 Cl 18:1. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τ. σώματος I do not belong to the body 1 Cor 12:15f; cp. 2 Cl 14:1.

ε. after verbs of supplying, receiving, consuming: ἐσθίειν ἔκ τινος (Tob 1:10; Sir 11:19; Jdth 12:2; JosAs 16:8) 1 Cor 9:7; 11:28; J 6:26, 50f; Rv 2:7. πίνειν Mt 26:29; Mk 14:25; J 4:13f; Rv 14:10; χορτάζειν ἔκ τινος gorge w. someth. 19:21 (s. ζ below); μετέχειν 1 Cor 10:17; λαμβάνειν (1 Esdr 6:31; Wsd 15:8) J 1:16; Rv 18:4; Hs 9, 24, 4. τὸ βρέφος … ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ the child took its mother’s breast GJs 19:2; διδόναι (Tob 4:16; Ezk 16:17) Mt 25:8; 1J 4:13. διαδιδόναι (Tob 4:16 A) J 6:11.

ζ. after verbs of filling: ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς was filled w. the fragrance J 12:3 cp. Rv 8:5. χορτασθῆναι ἔκ τινος to be satisfied to the full w. someth. Lk 15:16. γέμειν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς be full of greed Mt 23:25.

ⓑ in periphrasis for the gen. of price or value for (Palaeph. 45; PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.]; 119, 5 [c. 100 A.D.]; 131, 5; PLond II, 277, 9 p. 217 [23 A.D.]; BGU III, 916, 19 [I A.D.]; PAmh II, 133, 19 [II A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 34; B-D-F §179) ἀγοράζειν τι ἔκ τινος Mt 27:7 (POxy 745, 2 [c. 1 A.D.] τ. οἶνον ἠγόρασας ἐκ δραχμῶν ἕξ; EpJer 24); cp. Ac 1:18; Mt 20:2.

⑤ marker denoting temporal sequence, from

ⓐ of the time when someth. begins from, from … on, for, etc. ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός from birth (Ps 21:11; 70:6; Is 49:1) Mt 19:12 al.; also ἐκ γενετῆς J 9:1 (since Il. 24, 535; Od. 18, 6; s. also γενετή). ἐκ νεότητος (since Il. 14, 86; Ps 70:5; Sir 7:23; Wsd 8:2; 1 Macc 2:66; JosAs 17:4) Mk 10:20; Lk 18:21. ἐξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων for a long time 23:8. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων a long time before 1 Cl 42:5 (cp. Epict. 2, 16, 17 ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου. Cp. ἐκ πολλοῦ Thu. 1, 68, 3; 2, 88, 2; ἐξ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν Lysias, Epitaph. 1). ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων Ac 15:21 (cp. X., Hell. 6, 1, 4 ἐκ πάντων προγόνων). ἐκ τ. αἰῶνος since the world began J 9:32 (cp. ἐξ αἰῶνος Sext. Emp., Adv. Math. 9, 76; Diod S 4, 83, 3; Aelian, VH 6, 13; 12, 64; OGI 669, 61; Sir 1:4; 1 Esdr 2:17, 21; Jos., Bell. 5, 442). ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτώ for eight years Ac 9:33; cp. 24:10. ἐξ ἀρχῆς (PTebt 40, 20 [117 B.C.]; Sir 15:14; 39:32; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 225; Ath. 8, 1) J 6:64. ἐκ παιδιόθεν fr. childhood Mk 9:21 (s. παιδιόθεν. Just., A I, 15, 6 ἐκ παίδων. On the use of ἐκ w. an adv. cp. ἐκ τότε POxy 486 [II A.D.]; ἐκ πρωίθεν 1 Macc 10:80).

ⓑ of temporal sequence

α. ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day 2 Pt 2:8; 2 Cl 11:2 (cp. Ps.-Eur., Rhes. 445; Henioch. Com. 5:13 K.; Theocr. 18, 35; Gen 39:10; Num 30:15; Sir 5:7; Esth 3:7; En 98:8; 103:10).

β. ἐκ δευτέρου for the second time, again, s. δεύτερος 2. ἐκ τρίτου Mt 26:44 (ParJer 7:8; cp. PHolm 1, 32 ἐκ τετάρτου).

⑥ various uses and units

ⓐ blending of constructions, cp. Rob. 599f: ἐκ for ἐν (Hdt., Thu. et al., s. Kühner-G. I 546f; LXX, e.g. Sus 26 Theod.; 1 Macc 11:41; 13:21; Jdth 15:5) ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ δώσει Lk 11:13. μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ Mt 24:17. τὴν ἐκ Λαοδικείας (ἐπιστολὴν) ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀναγνῶτε Col 4:16.

ⓑ like the OT use of מִן: ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς God has pronounced judgment for you against her Rv 18:20 (cp. Ps 118:84; Is 1:24; En 100:4; 104:3). ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τ. δούλων αὐτοῦ ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 19:2, cp. 6:10 (both 4 Km 9:7).

ⓒ adv. expressions (Just., A I, 2, 1 ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ‘in every way’): ἐξ ἀνάγκης (ἀνάγκη 1). ἐκ συμφώνου by mutual consent (BGU 446, 13=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 257, 13; CPR I, 11, 14 al. in pap; cp. Dssm., NB 82f [BS 225]) 1 Cor 7:5. ἐκ λύπης reluctantly 2 Cor 9:7. ἐκ περισσοῦ extremely (Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 64; Lucian, Pro Merc. Cond. 13; Da 3:22 Theod.; Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 284, 17 [-ττ]) Mk 6:51; 1 Th 5:13 v.l.; ἐκ μέτρου by measure = sparingly J 3:34. ἐκ μέρους (Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 83, 24) part by part = as far as the parts are concerned, individually 1 Cor 12:27 (distributive; cp. PHolm 1, 7 ἐκ δραχμῶν Ϛ´=6 dr. each); mostly in contrast to ‘complete’, only in part 13:9 (BGU 538, 35; 574, 10; 887, 6; 17 al. in pap; EpArist 102). ἐξ ὀνόματος individually, personally, by name IEph 20:2; IPol 4:2; 8:2.

ⓓ ἐκ … εἰς w. the same word repeated gives it special emphasis (Plut., Galba 1058 [14, 2] ἐκ προδοσίας εἰς προδοσίαν; Ps 83:8) ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν Ro 1:17.—2 Cor 2:16 (twice).—The result and goal are thus indicated Ro 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54.—DELG s.v. ἐξ. M-M.

αἴρω fut. ἀρῶ; 1 aor. ᾖρα (ἦρα v.l.; TestAbr; GrBar); pf. ἦρκα Col 2:14. Pass.: 1 fut. ἀρθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἤρθην; pf. ἦρμαι J 20:1; Hs 9, 5, 4 (Hom.+; he, like some later wr., has ἀείρω).

① to raise to a higher place or position, lift up, take up, pick up

ⓐ lit., of stones (Dio Chrys. 12 [13], 2) J 8:59 (cp. Jos., Vi. 303); Rv 18:21; Hs 9, 4, 7. Fish Mt 17:27; coffin 1 Cl 25:3; hand (X., An. 7, 3, 6) Rv 10:5 (Dt 32:40). Hands, in prayer 1 Cl 29:1 (Ael. Aristid. 24, 50 K.=44 p. 840 D.; 54 p. 691; PUps 8 p. 30 no. 14 [pre-Christian] Θεογένης αἴρει τὰς χεῖρας τῷ Ἡλίῳ; Sb 1323 [II A.D.] θεῷ ὑψίστῳ καὶ πάντων ἐπόπτῃ καὶ Ἡλίῳ καὶ Νεμέσεσι αἴρει Ἀρσεινόη ἄωρος τὰς χεῖρας). But αἴ. τὴν χεῖρα ἀπό τινος withdraw one’s hand fr. someone= renounce or withdraw fr. someone B 19:5; D 4:9. Of snakes pick up Mk 16:18. κλίνην Mt 9:6. κλινίδιον Lk 5:24. κράβαττον Mk 2:9, 11f; J 5:8–12. Of a boat that is pulled on board Ac 27:17. Of a spirit that carries a person away Hv 2, 1, 1 (cp. TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 11 [Stone p. 78] of angels). Take up a corpse to carry it away AcPt Ox 849 verso, 8 (cp. TestAbr A 20 p.103, 20 [Stone p. 54]). αἴ. σύσσημον raise a standard ISm 1:2 (Is 5:26); αἴ. τινὰ τῶν ἀγκώνων take someone by one’s arms Hv 1, 4, 3. For Ac 27:13 s. 6 below.—Pass. 2 Cl 7:4. ἄρθητι (of mountains) arise Mt 21:21; Mk 11:23. ἤρθη νεκρός Ac 20:9.

ⓑ fig. αἴ. τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω look upward (in prayer, as Ps 122:1; Is 51:6 al.) J 11:41. For 10:24 s. 5 below. αἴ. φωνήν raise one’s voice, cry out loudly (1 Km 11:4; 30:4; 2 Km 3:32 al.) Lk 17:13. πρός τινα Ac 4:24.

② to lift up and move from one place to another

ⓐ take/carry (along) lit. w. obj. acc. σταυρόν Mt 16:24; 27:32; Mk 8:34; 15:21; Lk 9:23. ζυγόν (La 3:27) Mt 11:29. τινὰ ἐπὶ χειρῶν 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). Pass. Mk 2:3. αἴ. τι εἰς ὁδόν take someth. along for the journey 6:8; Lk 9:3, cp. 22:36. Of a gambler’s winnings Mk 15:24.—Fig. δόξαν ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν αἴ. claim honor for oneself B 19:3.

ⓑ carry away, remove lit. ταῦτα ἐντεῦθεν J 2:16 (ins [218 B.C.]: ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΑ 7, ’34, p. 179, 15 ταῦτα αἰρέσθω; Just., D. 56, 3 σκευῶν ἀρθέντων). Crucified body of Jesus 19:38; cp. vs. 31; 20:2, 13, 15; of John the Baptist Mt 14:12; Mk 6:29. A stone from a grave-opening J 11:39, 41; pass. 20:1. οἱ αἴροντες οὐκ ἀνέφερον those who took something (a mouthful) brought nothing (to their mouth) GJs 18:2 (not pap). τὸ περισσεῦον the remainder Mt 14:20; 15:37; cp. Lk 9:17. περισσεύματα Mk 8:8. κλάσματα fragments 6:43; baskets 8:19f. ζώνην take off Ac 21:11; take: τὸ σόν what belongs to you Mt 20:14; τὰ ἀρκοῦντα what was sufficient for him Hs 5, 2, 9. αἴ. τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας get someth. fr. the house Mk 13:15; cp. vs.16 and Mt 24:17; cp. 24:18; Lk 17:31; take (a body) from a tomb J 20:2, 13, 15; take τινὰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 17:15.

③ to take away, remove, or seize control without suggestion of lifting up, take away, remove. By force, even by killing: abs. ἆρον, ἆρον away, away (with him)! J 19:15 (cp. POxy 119, 10 [Dssm., LO 168; LAE 188 n. 22]; Philo, In Flacc. 144; ἆρον twice also La 2:19 v.l., in different sense). W. obj. αἶρε τοῦτον Lk 23:18; cp. Ac 21:36; 22:22. ἆραι τόν μάγον AcPl Ha 4, 35f; αἶρε τοὺς ἀθέους (s. ἄθεος 2a) MPol 3:2; 9:2 (twice); sweep away Mt 24:39; ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι as though the city were about to be destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 17; cp. κόσμος ἔρεται (=αἴρεται) ἐμ πυρί 2, 26f. W. the connot. of force or injustice or both (Epict. 1, 18, 13; PTebt 278, 27; 35; 38 [I A.D.]; SSol 5:7): τὸ ἱμάτιον Lk 6:29; cp. vs. 30; D 1:4. τὴν πανοπλίαν all his weapons Lk 11:22; τάλαντον Mt 25:28; cp. Lk 19:24. Fig. τὴν κλεῖδα τῆς γνώσεως 11:52. Pass.: Mt 13:12; Mk 4:25; Lk 8:18; 19:26. Conquer, take over (Diod S 11, 65, 3 πόλιν) τόπον, ἔθνος J 11:48. For Lk 19:21f s. 4 below. αἴ. τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπό τινος J 10:18 (cp. EFascher, Deutsche Theol. ’41, 37–66).—Pass. ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς Ac 8:33b (Is 53:8; Just., D. 110, 6). ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἡ βασιλεία Mt 21:43.—Of Satan τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐσπαρμένον εἰς αὐτούς Mk 4:15; cp. Lk 8:12. τὴν χαρὰν ὑμῶν οὐδεὶς αἴρει ἀφʼ ὑμῶν no one will deprive you of your joy J 16:22. ἐξ ὑμῶν πᾶσαν ὑπόκρισιν rid ourselves of all pretension B 21:4; ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας τὰς διψυχίας αἴ. put away doubt fr. their heart Hv 2, 2, 4. αἴ. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ put away fr. oneself Hm 9:1; 10, 1, 1; 10, 2, 5; 12, 1, 1. αἴ. ἐκ (τοῦ) μέσου remove, expel (fr. among) (Epict. 3, 3, 15; Plut., Mor. 519d; BGU 388 II, 23 ἆρον ταῦτα ἐκ τοῦ μέσου; PHib 73, 14; Is 57:2) 1 Cor 5:2 (v.l. ἐξαρθῇ); a bond, note, certificate of indebtedness αἴ. ἐκ τοῦ μέσου destroy Col 2:14. Of branches cut off J 15:2. Prob. not intrans., since other exx. are lacking, but w. ‘something’ supplied αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου the patch takes someth. away fr. the garment Mt 9:16; cp. Mk 2:21. Remove, take away, blot out (Eur., El. 942 κακά; Hippocr., Epid. 5, 49, p. 236 pain; cp. Job 6:2; IG II, 467, 81 ζημίας; Epict. 1, 7, 5 τὰ ψευδῆ; SIG 578, 42 τ. νόμον; Pr 1:12; EpArist 215; Just., D. 117, 3) τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τ. κόσμου J 1:29, 36 v.l.; 1 J 3:5 (Is 53:12 Aq., s. PKatz, VetusT 8, ’58, 272; cp. 1 Km 15:25; 25:28). Pass. Ac 8:33a (Is 53:8); Eph 4:31. Fig. take, in order to make someth. out of the obj. 1 Cor 6:15.

④ to make a withdrawal in a commercial sense, withdraw, take, ext. of 2 αἴρεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔθηκας Lk 19:21f (banking t.t.: JBernays, Ges. Abh. I 1885, 272f; JSmith, JTS 29, 1928, 158).

⑤ to keep in a state of uncertainty about an outcome, keep someone in suspense, fig. ext. of 1 αἴ. τὴν ψυχήν τινος J 10:24 (Nicetas, De Manuele Comm. 3, 5 [MPG CXXXIX 460a]: ἕως τίνος αἴρεις, Σαρακηνέ, τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμῶν; The expr. αἴ. τὴν ψυχήν w. different mng. Ps 24:1; 85:4; 142:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 48).

⑥ to raise a ship’s anchor for departure, weigh anchor, depart, ext. of 1, abs. (cp. Thu. et al.; Philo, Mos. 1, 85; Jos., Ant. 7, 97; 9, 229; 13, 86 ἄρας ἀπὸ τῆς Κρήτης κατέπλευσεν εἰς Κιλίκιαν) Ac 27:13.—Rydbeck 155f; B. 669f. DELG s.v. 1 ἀείρω. M-M. TW.

διαμερίζω impf. διεμέριζον; fut. διαμεριῶ (LXX, Just.); 1 aor. διεμέρισα. Mid.: 3 pl. διαμερίσονται (TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 26f [Stone p. 80]); 1 aor. διεμερισάμην. Pass.: fut. 3 pl. διαμερισθήσονται Zech 14:1; 1 aor. διεμερίσθην; pf. ptc. διαμεμερισμένος (s. μερίζω, διαμερισμός; Pla. et al.; pap, LXX; TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 18 [Stone p. 36]; B 12 p. 116, 26f [Stone p. 80]; TestJob; EpArist 183; Joseph.; Just., D. 113, 3).

① to divide into separate parts, divide, separate (Pla., Leg. 8, 849d; Gen 10:25) the nations 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8).—Mid. διαμεριζόμεναι γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός divided tongues, just like fire (cp. NRSV) Ac 2:3 prob. in imagery of the jagged effect produced by a flame; but s. 2.

② to distribute objects to a series of pers., distribute (Pla., Polit. 289c; LXX) εἴς τινα share with someone Lk 22:17 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 96 §448 ἐς τούσδε διεμέριζεν; PLond III, 982, 4 [IV A.D.] p. 242 διεμερίσαμεν εἰς ἑαυτούς. Cp. the treatment of a defeated enemy Diod S 17, 70, 5). τί τινι (2 Km 6:19; Ezk 47:21) Ac 2:45 (cp. Just., D. 113, 3 γῆν ἑκάστῳ).—Mid. divide among themselves (Jos., Bell. 5, 440) clothes (cp. Artem. 2, 53 γυμνοὶ σταυροῦνται) Mt 27:35; Mk 15:24; Lk 23:34; J 19:24 (B-D-F §310, 2); GP 4:12 (all after Ps 21:19). Some would interpret Ac 2:3 in this sense: like tongues of fire distributed among them (REB).

③ to be divided into opposing units, be divided, fig. ext. of 1, and only pass. (Lucian, Gall. 22 πρὸς τοσαύτας φροντίδας διαμεριζόμενος) ἐπί τινα against someone Lk 11:17f; 12:53; also ἐπί τινι 12:52f. For this sense s. also διαμερισμός.—DELG s.v. μείρομαι. M-M.

κολλάω aor. ἐκόλλησα LXX; pf. κεκόλληκα Job 38:38. Pass.: 1 fut. κολληθήσομαι Mt 19:5; 1 aor. ἐκολλήθην; pf. pass. κεκόλλημαι LXX (κόλλα ‘glue’; Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Diod S, Plut., ins, pap, LXX; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 18 [Stone p. 54]; Test12Patr; AscIs 97; EpArist 97; Philo) gener. ‘join together.’

① to join closely together, bind closely, unite τινά τινι someone with or to someone; fig. extension of the lit. mng. ‘to glue’ or ‘join’ substances, act. ἡ ἀγάπη κολλᾷ ἡμᾶς τῷ θεῷ love unites us w. God 1 Cl 49:5. ἡ νουθέτησις … κολλᾷ ἡμᾶς τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ admonition unites us w. God’s will 56:2.

② to be closely associated, cling to, attach to, pass. most freq. in act. sense

ⓐ cling (closely) to someth.

α. lit. τινί (Job 29:10) of stones ἐκολλῶντο ἀλλήλοις they were joined Hv 3, 2, 6. Of dust: τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν the dust of your city that clings to us Lk 10:11.

β. fig. cling to = come in close contact with (cp. Ps 21:16; 43:26 ἐκολλήθη εἰς γῆν ἡ γαστὴρ ἡμῶν. The act.=‘bring into contact’ PGM 5, 457 κολλήσας τ. λίθον τῷ ὠτίῳ) ἐκολλήθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τ. οὐρανοῦ the sins have touched the heaven = reached the sky (two exprs. are telescoped) Rv 18:5.

γ. fig. of the Spirit, which is (closely) joined to the flesh 2 Cl 14:5.

ⓑ join oneself to, join, cling to, associate with

α. of a pers., w. dat. of thing κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ Ac 8:29 (a rendering like stick to this chariot suggests the imagery).—W. dat. of pers. (which may very rarely be replaced w. a prepositional constr. [AscIs 3:1 πρὸς αὐτόν but τῷ Μανασσῇ, cp. Tob 6:19 εἰ αὐτήν S, αὐτῇ BA]) 1 Cl 30:3; cp. 46:1. τοῖς εἰρηνεύουσι 15:1. τοῖς ἁγίοις 46:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); Hv 3, 6, 2; Hs 8, 8, 1. τοῖς δούλοις τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 20, 2; 9, 26, 3. τοῖς δικαίοις 8, 9, 1. τοῖς ἀθῴοις κ. δικαίοις 1 Cl 46:4. τοῖς διψύχοις καὶ κενοῖς the doubters and the senseless Hm 11:13. τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις B 10:8; cp. 10:3ff. Also μετά τινος (cp. Ruth 2:8) 10:11; 19:2, 6; D 3:9. τῷ κυρίῳ join oneself to the Lord (cp. 4 Km 18:6; Sir 2:3; on this vs. and 6:16 below s. SPorter, ETL 67, ’91, 104f: economic connotation; cp. Lk 15:15 below) 1 Cor 6:17; Hm 10, 1, 6. τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ be joined to his wife Mt 19:5 (cp. Vi. Aesopi G 30 P. p. 46, 14, where a woman says to Aesop: μή μοι κολλῶ=don’t come too near me; 1 Esdr 4:20; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 50). τῇ πόρνῃ join oneself to a prostitute 1 Cor 6:16 (cp. Sir 19:2). Associate with on intimate terms, join Ac 5:13; 9:26; 10:28 (CBurchard, ZNW 61, ’70, 159f). Become a follower or disciple of someone (cp. 2 Km 20:2; 1 Macc 3:2; 6:21) 17:34. Hire oneself out to someone Lk 15:15 (JHarrill, JBL 115, ’96, 714–17, “he was indentured”). Have someth. to do with: lying spirits Hm 11:4.

β. of impers. things: of anger ὅταν κολληθῇ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ when it attaches itself to a pers. Hm 10, 2, 3. Also of punishment Hs 6, 5, 3.

ⓒ w. dat. of thing cling to, enter into a close relation w. (Ps 118:31; TestIss 6:1, Dan 6:10 τ. δικαιοσύνῃ, Gad 5:2) ταῖς δωρεαῖς cling to the gifts 1 Cl 19:2. τῷ ἀγαθῷ be attached or devoted to what is good Ro 12:9; B 20:2; D 5:2 (cp. TestAsh 3:1 τῇ ἀγαθότητι). τῇ εὐλογίᾳ cling to the blessing 1 Cl 31:1. κρίσει δικαίᾳ B 20:2.—DELG s.v. κόλλα. M-M. TW.

πιστός, ή, όν (πείθω; Hom.+).

① pertaining to being worthy of belief or trust, trustworthy, faithful, dependable, inspiring trust/faith, pass. aspect of πιστεύω (Hom.+).

ⓐ of pers.

α. of human beings (and Christ) δοῦλος (1 Km 22:14; 2 Macc 1:2; OdeSol 11:22; Jos., Ant. 6, 256; SIG 910 A, 5 [Christian]; PLond II, 251, 14 p. 317 [IV A.D.] δούλους πιστοὺς καὶ ἀδράστους): δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ Mt 25:21a, 23a; cp. 24:45; Hs 5, 2, 2 πιστότατος (v.l. πιστός). οἰκονόμος Lk 12:42; 1 Cor 4:2. μάρτυς (Pind., P. 1, 88; 12, 27; Pr 14:5, 25; Ps 88:38; Jer 49:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 17) ὁ μάρτυς μου ὁ πιστός μου Rv 2:13 (μάρτυς 3); in this ‘book of martyrs’ Christ is ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστὸς (καὶ ὁ ἀληθινός) 1:5; 3:14; cp. 19:11 (the combination of ἀληθινός and πιστός in the last two passages is like 3 Macc 2:11). Cp. Rv 17:14. πιστὸς ἀρχιερεύς a faithful or reliable high priest Hb 2:17 (of Christ); cp. 3:2 (ἀρχιερέα … πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν). σύμβουλοι πιστοί B 21:4. πιστοὶ ἄνθρωποι reliable persons 2 Ti 2:2 (cp. Is 8:2; sing. Tob 5:3 S; 10:6 S; ApcEsdr 2:2). Paul honors his co-workers w. π. as a designation: Timothy 1 Cor 4:17. Tychicus Eph 6:21; Col 4:7 (both πιστὸς διάκονος ἐν κυρίῳ). Onesimus Col 4:9. Epaphras 1:7 (πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ). Cp. 1 Pt 5:12 (διὰ Σιλουανοῦ τ. πιστοῦ ἀδελφοῦ).—Moses was πιστὸς ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ Hb 3:5 (Num 12:7). πιστόν τινα ἡγεῖσθαι consider someone trustworthy (Aristoph., Plut. 27) 1 Ti 1:12 (cp. Hb 11:11; s. β below); s. PtK 3 p. 15, 18. γίνου πιστός (γίνομαι 7 and cp. Jos., Vi. 110, Ant. 19, 317) Rv 2:10.—πιστὸς ἔν τινι faithful, reliable, trustworthy in someth. (TestJos 9:2 π. ἐν σωφροσύνῃ) ἐν τῷ ἀδίκῳ μαμωνᾷ in matters relating to unrighteous wealth Lk 16:11. ἐν τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ in connection with what belongs to someone else vs. 12. ὁ π. ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ καὶ ἐν πολλῷ π. ἐστιν one who is trustworthy in a very small matter is also trustworthy in a large one vs. 10; 2 Cl 8:5; cp. Lk 19:17. π. ἐν πᾶσιν trustworthy in every respect 1 Ti 3:11. Also ἐπί τι in (connection w.) someth. Mt 25:21b, 23b.—When Paul explains in 1 Cor 7:25 that the Lord graciously granted him the privilege of being πιστός, and uses this as a basis for his claim to be heard w. respect, πιστός can hardly mean ‘believing’ (s. 2 below); the apostle rather feels that in a special sense he has been called and commissioned because of the confidence God has in him (πιστός is almost like a title=‘trusted man, commissioner’, oft. in ins of distinguished pers.: ISyriaW 2022a; 2029; 2034; 2045f; 2127f; 2130; 2219; 2238–40; 2243; 2394; cp. SEG XLII, 1484, 1599.—Corresp. πίστις=‘position of trust’: Achilles Tat. 8, 15, 1 οἱ ἄρχοντες οἱ ταύτην ἔχοντες τὴν πίστιν).

β. of God as the One in whom we can have full confidence (Pind., N. 10, 54; Dt 7:9; 32:4; Is 49:7; PsSol 14:1; 7:10; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 93, Sacr. Abel. 93, Leg. All. 3, 204) 1 Cor 1:9; 10:13; 2 Cor 1:18; 1 Th 5:24; Hb 10:23; 11:11; 1 Pt 4:19; 1J 1:9; 1 Cl 60:1; ITr 13:3. π. ἐν ταῖς ἐπαγγελίαις 1 Cl 27:1 (cp. Ps 144:13a πιστὸς κύριος ἐν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ). πιστός ἐστιν ὁ ἐπαγγειλάμενος (God) is trustworthy, who has promised 2 Cl 11:6.—Also of the ‘Lord’ (Christ), who is spoken of in the same way as God 2 Th 3:3; 2 Ti 2:13.

ⓑ of things, esp. of words (Hdt. 8, 83; Pla., Tim. 49b; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 1, 1377b, 23; Polyb. 3, 9, 4; 15, 7, 1; Plut., Mor. 160e; Cass. Dio 37, 35; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Just., D. 11, 2 διαθήκη; Ath., R. 17 p. 69, 16 τὸ πιστόν; Aberciusins. 6 γράμματα πιστά [of a divine teacher]) πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (Dionys. Hal. 3, 23, 17; Dio Chrys. 28 [45], 3) it is a trustworthy saying 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cp. 1:9 (JBover, Biblica 19, ’38, 74–79). οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί Rv 21:5; 22:6. Opp. ψευδής Hm 3:5ab. On τὰ ὅσια, Δαυὶδ τὰ πιστά Ac 13:34 s. ὅσιος 3.—Of water dependable (i.e. not likely to dry up suddenly; cp. Dt 28:59 νόσοι πισταί), unfailing, plentiful B 11:5 (Is 33:16). πιστὸν ποιεῖν τι act loyally 3J 5.

② pert. to being trusting, trusting, cherishing faith/trust act. aspect of πιστεύω (Aeschyl., Pers. 55, Prom. 916; Soph., Oed. Col. 1031; Pla., Leg. 7, 824; Cass. Dio 37, 12, 1; Just., A I, 53, 10 al.), also believing, full of faith, faithful (cp. POxy 1380, 152 ὁρῶσί σε [=Isis] οἱ κατὰ τὸ πιστὸν ἐπικαλούμενοι [on this s. AFestugière, RB 41, ’32, 257–61]; Sextus 1; 8; Wsd 3:9; Sir 1:14, 24 v.l.; Ps 100:6; SibOr 3, 69; 724) of OT worthies: Abraham (who is oft. called πιστός; cp. Philo, Post. Cai. 173 Ἀβρ. ὁ πιστὸς ἐπώνυμος; 2 Macc 1:2; 1 Macc 2:52; Sir 44:20) Gal 3:9; 1 Cl 10:1; Νῶε πιστὸς εὑρεθείς 9:4; Moses 17:5; 43:1 (both Num 12:7) and s. 1aα above (Hb 3:5). Of believers in contrast to doubters Hm 11:1ab. Of belief in the resurrection of Jesus μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος ἀλλὰ πιστός J 20:27. Of one who confesses the Christian faith believing or a believer in the Lord, in Christ, in God π. τῷ κυρίῳ Ac 16:15. Also π. ἐν κυρίῳ Hm 4, 1, 4. π. ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Eph 1:1. πιστοὶ ἀδελφοὶ ἐν Χρ. Col 1:2. διʼ αὐτοῦ (=Χριστοῦ) πιστοὶ (πιστεύοντες v.l.) εἰς θεόν 1 Pt 1:21.—The abs. πιστός also means believing (in Christ), a (Christian) believer and is used both as adj. (Just., D. 110, 4) and as subst. Ac 16:1; 2 Cor 6:15; 1 Ti 4:10; 5:16; 6:2ab; Tit 1:6; 1 Cl 48:5; 62:3; 63:3; Hm 9:9; Hs 8, 7, 4; 8, 9, 1; 8, 10, 1; 9, 22, 1. οἱ πιστοί the believers = the Christians Ac 12:3 D; 1 Ti 4:3, 12; IEph 21:2; IMg 5:2 (opp. οἱ ἄπιστοι); MPol 12:3; 13:2; AcPl Ha 7, 7 (cp. Just., D. 47, 2 τοῖς Χριστιανοῖς καὶ πιστοῖς). οἱ ἅγιοι καὶ πιστοὶ αὐτοῦ ISm 1:2. οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοί= the Israelite (s. Ac 10:36) believers/Christians Ac 10:45. Without the art. (Orig., C. Cels., prol. 6, 5) Dg 11:2, 5. νέοι ἐν τῇ πίστει καὶ πιστοί young in the faith, but nevertheless believers Hv 3, 5, 4.—πιστὸς εἶναι be a believer IRo 3:2. ἐὰν ᾖ τις πιστότατος ἀνήρ even though a man is a firm believer Hm 6, 2, 7.—LFoley, CBQ 1 ’39, 163–65.—B. 1167. New Docs 2, 94, w. reff. to Christian ins. DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. ENDT. TW.

στόμα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.).

① mouth

ⓐ of humans or of beings whose appearance resembles that of humans: Mt 15:11a, 17; J 19:29; Ac 11:8; 23:2; 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6); Rv 11:5.—Used in imagery Rv 1:16; 2:16; 3:16; 10:9f (cp. Ezk 3:1ff); 19:15, 21.—As an organ of speech Mt 15:11b, 18 (cp. Num 32:24); 21:16 (Ps 8:3); Lk 4:22; 11:54; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14); Eph 4:29; Js 3:10 (cp. Aesop, Fab. 35 P.=64 H./60 Ch./35 H-H.: ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στόματος τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ ψυχρὸν ἐξιεῖς=out of the same mouth you send forth warm and cold [of the person who blows in his hands to warm them, and on his food to cool it off]); 1 Cl 15:3 (Ps 61:5), 4 (Ps 77:36); 2 Cl 9:10; B 11:8; Hm 3:1. ἀπόθεσθε αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν put away shameful speech from your mouth = don’t let any dirty talk cross your lips Col 3:8. ἀκούειν τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός τινος Ac 22:14; 2 Cl 13:3; B 16:10 (cp. ParJer 6:24); ἀκ. ἀπὸ τοῦ στ. τινος (Polyaenus 8, 36 ἀπὸ στόματος τῆς ἀδελφῆς) Lk 22:71; ἀκ. τι διὰ τοῦ στ. τινος Ac 1:4 D; 15:7.—ἀνεῴχθη τὸ στ. αὐτοῦ (of a mute person) his mouth was opened (Wsd 10:21) Lk 1:64, words could now come out, as REB renders: ‘his lips and tongue were freed’. ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα τινός open someone’s mouth for him and cause him to speak 1 Cl 18:15 (cp. Ps 50:17). ἀνοίγειν τὸ (ἑαυτοῦ) στόμα open one’s (own) mouth to speak (ApcMos 21; ApcrEzk; s. ἀνοίγω 5a) Mt 5:2; 13:35 (Ps 77:2); Ac 8:35; 10:34; 18:14; GEb 34:60. οὐκ ἀνοίγει τὸ στ. αὐτοῦ=he is silent Ac 8:32; 1 Cl 16:7 (both Is 53:7; cp. Mel., P. 64; 462). For ἄνοιξις τοῦ στόματος Eph 6:19 s. ἄνοιξις. On στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλεῖν speak face to face 2J 12; 3J 14 s. πρός 3aε. On ἵνα πᾶν στ. φραγῇ Ro 3:19 s. φράσσω.—There is no δόλος or ψεῦδος in the mouth of the upright Rv 14:5; 1 Cl 50:6 (Ps 31:2); esp. of God’s ‘Servant’ (Is 53:9) 1 Pt 2:22; 1 Cl 16:10; Pol 8:1.—στόμα stands for the person in the capacity of speaker (3 Km 17:24; 22:22; 2 Ch 36:21f): ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ Mt 12:34 (καρδία … στ. as TestNapht 2:6). διὰ στόματός τινος (ApcMos 16f; B-D-F §140) by (the lips of) someone Lk 1:70; Ac 1:16; 3:18, 21.—ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι with one voice (ἓν στόμα Aristoph., Equ. 670; Pla., Rep. 364a, Laws 1, 634e; Ael. Aristid. 51, 40 K.=I p. 544 D.; PGiss 36, 12 [161 B.C.] αἱ τέτταρες λέγουσαι ἐξ ἑνὸς στόματος; Pla., Rep. 364a) Ro 15:6; cp. 1 Cl 34:7.—For Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1; Lk 19:22; Lk 21:15 s. 2.

ⓑ of God (Dexippus of Athens [III A.D.]: 100 Fgm. 1, 7 Jac. ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ μαρτυρία διὰ στόματος; Theognis18; ParJer 6:12) Mt 4:4 (Dt 8:3); 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:20).

ⓒ of animals and animal-like beings, mouth, jaws, of a fish (PGM 5, 280ff) Mt 17:27. Of horses Js 3:3; cp. Rv 9:17–9; a weasel B 10:8; lion (Judg 14:8) Hb 11:33; Rv 13:2; in imagery 2 Ti 4:17; an apocalyptic monster (Diod S 3, 70, 4 the Aegis: ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ἐκβάλλον φλόγα) Rv 12:15, 16b; 16:13abc; Hv 4, 1, 6; 4, 2, 4 (cp. Da 6:22 Theod.; JosAs 12:10).

② the product of the organ of speech, utterance, mouth. By metonymy for what the mouth utters ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρινῶ σε Lk 19:22. ἐγὼ δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα καὶ σοφίαν I will give you eloquence and wisdom Lk 21:15. S. also 1a.

③ a geological fissure, mouth in imagery of the earth in which a fissure is opened (s. Gen 4:11) ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς Rv 12:16a.

④ the foremost part of someth., edge fig. ext. of 1. The sword, like the jaws of a wild animal, devours people; hence acc. to OT usage (but s. Philostrat., Her. 19, 4 στ. τῆς αἰχμῆς; Quint. Smyrn. 1, 194; 813 and s. μάχαιρα 1; cp. στ.=‘point’ of a sword Hom. et al.; στόμα πολέμου Polemo Soph. B8 Reader p. 134) στόμα μαχαίρης the edge of the sword = the voracious sword (Josh 19:48; Sir 28:18; s. also μάχαιρα 1, end) Lk 21:24; Hb 11:34.—B. 228; esp. 860. DELG. M-M. TW.

ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ (Hom.+, common in all the mngs. known to our lit.) a male person

① an adult human male, man, husband

ⓐ in contrast to woman man (Pla., Gorg. 514e; X., Hell. 4, 5, 5 et al.) Mt 14:21; 15:38; Mk 6:44; Lk 9:14; J 1:13; Ac 4:4; 8:3, 12; 1 Cor 11:3, 7ff; Hm 5, 2, 2; 6, 2, 7; 12, 2, 1 al. Hence ἄνδρα γινώσκειν (יָדְעָה אִישׁ Gen 19:8; Judg 11:39) of a woman have sexual intercourse w. a man Lk 1:34 (cp. Just., D. 78, 3 ἀπὸ συνουσίας ἀνδρός). Esp. husband (Hom. et al.; Diod S 2, 8, 6; Sir 4:10; Jos., Ant. 18, 149; Ar. 12, 2; Fgm. Milne p. 74 ln. 3; Just., A II, 2, 5ff; for this shift from the general to the specific cp. our ‘that’s her man’, ‘my man’) Mt 1:16, 19; Mk 10:2, 12; Lk 2:36; J 4:16ff; Ac 5:9f; Ro 7:2f (Sb 8010, 21 [pap I A.D.] μέχρι οὗ ἐὰν συνέρχωμαι ἑτέρῳ ἀνδρί; PLond V, 1731, 16 [VI A.D.] κολλᾶσθαι ἑτέρῳ ἀνδρί); 1 Cor 7:2ff, 10ff; 14:35; Gal 4:27; Eph 5:22ff; Col 3:18f; 1 Ti 3:2, 12; 5:9; Tit 1:6 (on the four last ref. εἷς 2b, the comm. and JFischer, Weidenauer Studien 1, 1906, 177–226; comparison w. non-Christian sources in J-BFrey, Signification des termes μονάνδρα et Univira: RSR 20, 1930, 48–60; GDelling, Pls’ Stellung z. Frau u. Ehe ’31, 136ff; BEaston, Past. Epistles, ’47, 216ff; WSchulze, Kerygma und Dogma [Göttingen] 4, ’58, 287–300) 2:5; 1 Pt 3:1, 5, 7; Hm 4, 1, 4ff; 1 Cl 6:3; Pol 4:2; AcPl Ha 4, 5.—1 Ti 2:12 (cp. Ocellus Luc. c. 49: the wife wishes ἄρχειν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς παρὰ τὸν τῆς φύσεως νόμον). Even a bridegroom can be so called (cp. אִישׁ Dt 22:23) ὡς νύμφην κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς Rv 21:2. Freq. in address, esp. in formal assemblies: ἄνδρες men, gentlemen (X., An. 1, 4, 14; 1 Esdr 3:18; 4:14, 34) Ac 14:15; 19:25; 27:10, 21, 25. ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί (my esteemed) brothers (4 Macc 8:19; cp. X., An. 1, 6, 6 ἄ. φίλοι) Ac 15:7, 13; 23:1, 6; 28:17; 1 Cl 14:1; 37:1; 43:4; 62:1. AcPl Ha 6, 18; 7, 13; 8:9. ἀ. ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες Ac 7:2. Of soldiers (1 Macc 5:17; 16:15) οἱ ἄ. οἱ συνέχοντες αὐτόν the men who were holding him Lk 22:63.—In Ac 17:34 ἀνήρ appears to = ἄνθρωπος, but the term was probably chosen in anticipation of the contrasting γυνή (is Damaris the wife of one of the men?).

ⓑ in contrast to boy (Tob 1:9; but ἀ. of a child IK VII/2, 14) ὅτε γέγονα ἀ. when I became a man 1 Cor 13:11. ἀ. τέλειος a full-grown man (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 4) Eph 4:13; in sense of maturity w. ethical component perfect Js 3:2 (s. 1dα).

ⓒ used w. a word indicating national or local origin, calling attention to a single individual, or even individualizing the pl.; hence in address (X., An. 1, 7, 3 ὦ ἄ. Ἕλληνες; Jdth 4:9; 15:13; 1 Macc 2:23); the sg. is omitted in transl., the pl. rendered men, gentlemen (in direct address = esteemed people) of a certain place: ἀνὴρ Αἰθίοψ Ac 8:27 (X., An. 1, 8, 1 ἀ. Πέρσης; Palaeph. 5; Maximus Tyr. 5, 1a ἄ. Φρύξ; Tat. 6, 1 Βηρωσσὸς ἀ. Βαβυλώνιος); ἄ. Ἀθηναῖοι (Lysias 6, 8) 17:22; ἄ. Γαλιλαῖοι 1:11; ἄ. Ἐφέσιοι 19:35; AcPl Ha 1, 24; ἀ. Ἰουδαῖος Ac 10:28; ἄ. Ἰουδαῖοι (Jos., Ant. 11, 169) 2:14; ἄ. Ἰσραηλῖται (Jos., Ant. 3, 189) 2:22 (cp. vs. 22b of Jesus, in an adroit rhetorical ploy); 5:35; 13:16; 21:28; ἄ. Κορίνθιοι AcPlCor 2:26; ἄ. Κύπριοι καὶ Κυρηναῖοι Ac 11:20; ἀ. Μακεδών 16:9. (Cp. B-D-F §242.)

ⓓ with focus on personal characteristics, either pos. or neg.

α. used w. adj.: ἀ. ἀγαθός Ac 11:24; ἀ. ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος Lk 23:50 (cp. ἀνδραγαθία Aeschin., C. Ctesiph. 42 al.; δεδοκιμασμένοι ἄ. 1 Cl 44:2; cp. Tat. 38, 1 ἄ. δοκιμώτατος; δίκαιος Hm 4, 1, 3; 11, 9, 13f; δίκαιος καὶ ἅγιος Mk 6:20; ἀ. δίψυχος, ἀκατάστατος Js 1:8; ἀ. ἐλλόγιμος 1 Cl 44:3; ἀ. ἔνδοξος Hv 5:1; ἀ. εὐλαβής Ac 8:2; 22:12; ἀ. λόγιος 18:24; ἀ. μεμαρτυρημένος IPhld 11:1; ἀ. πιστὸς καὶ ἐλλογιμώτατος 1 Cl 62:3; ξένος AcPl Ox 6, 11 (= Aa I 241, 14); ἀ. πονηρός Ac 17:5 (PsSol 12:1f); ἀ. πραΰς D 15:1; ἀ. συνετός Ac 13:7 (Just., D. 2, 6); ἀ. φρόνιμος Mt 7:24; ἀ. μωρός vs. 26. ἀ. χρυσοδακτύλιος someone with gold rings on the fingers (satirical=‘Mr. Gold Rings’) Js 2:2. τέλειος ἀ. 3:2 (s. 1b).—Oft. in circumlocutions for nouns, somet. pleonastic (like Heb. אִישׁ) οἱ ἄ. τοῦ τόπου (Gen 26:7) the local residents Mt 14:35. ἀ. πλήρης λέπρας= a leper (in serious condition) Lk 5:12; ἀ. πλήρης πίστεως Ac 6:5, 11:24. ἀ. ἁμαρτωλός (Sir 12:14; 27:30 al.) a sinner Lk 5:8; 19:7.—In noun combinations (Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 371a ἀ. μάγος; Chion, Ep. 14, 4 ἀ. δεσπότης; Maximus Tyr. 19, 2a ποιμὴν ἀ.) ἀ. προφήτης (Judg 6:8) a prophet 24:19. ἀ. πρεσβύτης (s. πρεσβύτης) MPol 7:2.

β. w. special emphasis on courage or endurance, an aspect w. strong Homeric color (Hom. et al.; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 16 p. 17, 2 [opp. ἄνθρωποι real ‘men’ in contrast to mere ‘people’]) of the apostles 1 Cl 6:1.—AcPl Ha 1, 25; 28.

② equiv. to τὶς someone, a person (Theognis 1, 199 Diehl²; X., Cyr. 2, 2, 22; Sir 27:7) Lk 9:38; 19:2; J 1:30; Ro 4:8 (Ps 32:2). Pl. some people (1 Macc 12:1; 13:34; Just., D. 108, 2 al.) Lk 5:18; Ac 6:11. ἀνήρ τις Lk 8:27; Ac 10:1. ἀνὴρ ὅς Lat. is qui (like אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר; cp. 1 Macc 7:7; PsSol 6:1; 10:1 and as early as Pind., P. 9, 87 ἀνήρ τις, ὸ̔ς …); Js 1:12. οἱ κατʼ ἄνδρα (Dio Chrys. 15 [32], 6; cp. κατʼ ἄνδρα καὶ οἶκον PsSol 9:5) man for man, individually IEph 4:2 (of presbyters, but s. JKleist, note ad loc., rank and file); 20:2; ITr 13:2; ISm 5:1; 12:2; IPol 1:3.

③ a transcendent figure

ⓐ a figure of a man of heavenly beings who resemble men (SibOr 3, 137 the Titans are so called; Just., D.56, 5 [s. Gen. 18:2], 10 ἐν ἰδέᾳ ἀνδρός) GPt 9:36; 10:39.

ⓑ of Jesus as the judge of the world, appointed by God: ὁ θεὸς … μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν Ac 17:31 (cp. Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 19, 3 Minos is the ἀνήρ, ὸ̔ν ἀποδεικνύναι ἐμέλλετε κοινὸν ἀνθρώπων δικαστήν=whom you [Gods] intended to make the common judge of humanity).—On Jesus as θεῖος ἀνήρ figure, s. EKoskenniemi, Apollonius von Tyana in der neutestamentlichen Exegese ’94 (lit.).—MVock, Bedeutung u. Verwendung von ΑΝΗΡ u. ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΣ etc., diss. Freiburg 1928; HSeiler, Glotta 32, ’53, 225–36.—B. 81; 96. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

ἀφίημι (Hom.+) pres. act. ind. 2 sg. ἀφεῖς (Rob. 315; W-S. §14, 16; M-M.) and ἀφίεις (ApcSed 12:4 p. 135, 14 Ja.), 3 sg. ἀφίησιν (TestSim 3:2) and ἀφίει (TestJud 18:3); 1 pl. ἀφίομεν (ἀφίεμεν v.l.; B-D-F §94, 3) Lk 11:4; 3 pl. ἀφίουσιν Rv 11:9. Impf. 2 sg. ἠφίεις Sus 53 LXX, 3 sg. ἤφιε (B-D-F §69, 1); ptc. ἀφίοντες Hs 8, 6, 5. Fut. ἀφήσω. 1 aor. ἀφῆκα, 2 sg. ἀφῆκες Rv 2:4 (W-H.; B-D-F §83, 2); impv. ἄφησον ApcEsdr 1:3 p. 24, 8 Tdf.; 2 aor. impv. ἄφες (as אֲפֶס in rabb.), ἄφετε; subj. ἀφῶ, 2 pl. ἀφῆτε; inf. ἀφεῖναι Mt 23:23 v.l.; Lk 5:21; ptc. ἀφείς. Mid. aor. impv. 2 sg. ἄφησαι (TestAbr A 20 p. 102, 29 [Stone p. 52]). Pass.: pres. ἀφίεμαι, 3 pl. ἀφίονται Mt 9:2 D; fut. ἀφεθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἀφέθην, 3 sg. ἀφείθη Just. D. 141, 3; pf. 3 pl. ἀφέωνται Mt 9:2 v.l.; Mk 2:5 v.l.; Lk 5:20, 23; 7:48; J 20:23; 1J 2:12 (B-D-F §97, 3); impv. 3 sg. ἀφείσθω Ath. 2:4. Gener., to cause someone or someth. to undergo separation.

① to dismiss or release someone or someth. from a place or one’s presence

ⓐ w. personal obj. let go, send away (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 8; Polyb. 33, 1, 6; Tob 10:5; Sir 27:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 135 τ. ἐκκλησίαν) crowds Mt 13:36; Mk 4:36; 8:13 (mng. 3a is also prob.).

ⓑ w. impers. obj. give up, emit obj. τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit Mt 27:50 (cp. ἀ. τ. ψυχήν Hdt. 4, 190 and oft. in Gk. lit.; Gen 35:18; 1 Esdr 4:21; Jos., Ant. 1, 218; 14, 369 al.). φωνὴν μεγάλην utter a loud cry Mk 15:37 (φων. ἀ. Hdt. et al.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 68 §279; Epict. 2, 22, 12 al.; Gen 45:2; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 34; Jos., Bell. 4, 170, Ant. 8, 325, Vi. 158).

ⓒ in a legal sense divorce γυναῖκα (Hdt. 5, 39) 1 Cor 7:11ff.—Lit.—LEpstein, Marriage Law in the Bible and the Talmud ’42; MHumbert, Le remariage à Rome ’72; CPréaux, in La Femme I, ’79, 161–65 [Hellen. period]; JMurphy-O’Connor, JBL 100, ’81, ’601–6; JMoiser, JSNT 18, ’83, 103–22.

② to release from legal or moral obligation or consequence, cancel, remit, pardon τὸ δάνειον the loan Mt 18:27 (OGI 90, 12; PGrenf I, 26, 9; Dt 15:2). ὀφειλήν a debt vs. 32 (cp. 1 Macc 15:8 πᾶν ὀφείλημα βασιλικὸν ἀ.). Also of remission of the guilt (debt) of sin (Hdt. 6, 30 ἀπῆκέ τʼ ἂν αὐτῷ τὴν αἰτίην; 8, 140, 2; Lysias 20, 34 ἀφιέντας τ. τῶν πατέρων ἁμαρτίας; Herodas 5, 26 ἄφες μοι τὴν ἁμαρτίην ταύτην; 38, 72f; 1 Macc 13:39.—In another construction Diod S 9, 31, 4 Κῦρος αὐτὸν ἀφίησι τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων=absolves him of his misdeeds), in OT and NT predom. in sense of divine forgiveness. W. dat. of pers. and acc. of thing: ὀφειλήματα remit, forgive debts (Appian, Ital. 9 §1 ἠφίει τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ χρήσταις τὰ ὀφλήματα) Mt 6:12a; cp. b (s. Sir 28:2 and ὡς 3aβ; FFensham, The Legal Background of Mt 6:12: NovT 4, ’60, 1f [Deut 15:2 LXX]; on the text FBurkitt, ‘As we have forgiven’ Mt 6:12: JTS 33, ’32, 253–55); forgive ἁμαρτίας (Ex 32:32; Num 14:19; Job 42:10 al.; Jos., Ant. 6, 92) Lk 11:4; 1J 1:9. παραπτώματα Mt 6:14f; Mk 11:25; vs. 26 v.l. Pass. (Lev 4:20; 19:22; Is 22:14; 33:24 al.) ἁμαρτίαι Lk 5:20, 23; 7:47b; 1J 2:12; 1 Cl 50:5; Hv 2, 2, 4; Hs 7:4; PtK 3 p. 15, 12; ἁμαρτήματα Mk 3:28 (s. GDalman, Jesus-Jeshua [Eng. tr. PLevertoff 1929], 195–97; JWilliams, NTS 12, ’65, 75–77); PtK 3 p. 15, 27; cp. Mt 12:31f. W. dat. of pers. only Mt 18:21, 35; Lk 17:3f; 23:34 (ELohse, Märtyrer u. Gottesknecht, Exkurs: Lk 23:34, ’55). Pass. (Lev 4:26, 31, 35; Num 15:25f al.) Lk 12:10; Js 5:15.—J 20:23b (s. JMantey, JBL 58, ’39, 243–49 and HCadbury ibid. 251–54). W. impers. obj. only Mt 9:6; Mk 2:7, 10; Lk 5:21, 24; 7:49; J 20:23. Pass. Mt 9:2, 5; Mk 2:5, 9 (s. HBranscomb, JBL 53, ’34, 53–60; B-D-F §320); Lk 7:47f. ἀνομίαι Ro 4:7; 1 Cl 50:6 (both Ps 31:1). Abs. ἀφίετε 1 Cl 13:2.

③ to move away, w. implication of causing a separation, leave, depart from

ⓐ lit. of pers. or physical things as obj. (PGrenf I, 1, 16; BGU 814, 16; 18) Mt 4:11; 8:15; 26:44; Mk 1:20, 31; 12:12; Lk 4:39. The spirit left the possessed man 9:42 D; abandon (Soph., Phil. 486; Hyperid. 5, 32; X., Hell. 6, 4, 5) Mt 26:56; Mk 14:50.—W. impers. obj. (PFay 112, 13; Jer 12:7; Eccl 10:4; 1 Esdr 4:50): J 10:12; house Mk 13:34; cp. Mt 23:38; Lk 13:35 (Diod S 17, 41, 7: Apollo appears and explains that he would leave Tyre, which is doomed to destruction); Judaea J 4:3 (Jos., Ant. 2, 335 τ. Αἴγυπτον); the way Hv 3, 7, 1; everything Mt 19:27, 29; 10:28f; Lk 5:11; 18:28f.

ⓑ fig. of impers. obj. give up, abandon (Aeschyl., Prom. 317 ὀργάς; Arrian, Anab. 1, 10, 6; Jos., Ant. 9, 264 ἀ. τ. ἄρτι βίον) τὴν πρώτην ἀγάπην Rv 2:4; τ. φυσικὴν χρῆσιν Ro 1:27; leave (behind) to go on to someth. else (in orators; Plut., Mor. 793a; Epict. 4, 1, 15 al.) τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ Χρ. λόγον Hb 6:1; neglect (Diod S 1, 39, 11; POxy 1067, 5) also omit (Diod S 8, 12, 11) τὰ βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου what is more important in the law Mt 23:23; τὴν ἐντολήν Mk 7:8 (Hyperid. 5, 22 νόμον).

④ to have someth. continue or remain in a place. Leave standing/lying (without concerning oneself further about it as, in a way, Diod S 5, 35, 3 a fire without putting it out) αὐτόν Mt 22:22; τὰ δίκτυα 4:20; Mk 1:18; ἐκεῖ τὸ δῶρον Mt 5:24; cp. 18:12; J 4:28; ἡμιθανῆ half dead Lk 10:30 (cp. Jdth 6:13).— Leave (behind) w. pers. obj. (2 Km 15:16; 3 Km 19:3; Tob 11:2) as orphans J 14:18 (Epict. 3, 24, 14; Jos., Ant. 12, 387). τινὰ μόνον 8:29; 16:32.—τινί τι ἀ. let someone have someth. (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 274 τ. υἱὸν ἄφες μοι) Mt 5:40. W. acc. only τέκνον, σπέρμα Mk 12:19ff; vs. 21 v.l. τινί τι leave, give (Eccl 2:18; Ps 16:14); Mt 22:25; εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν I leave you peace (cp. Diod S 25, 16 τὸν πόλεμον ἀφίημι=I leave [you] war) J 14:27; leave (over, remaining) (Da 4:15) Hb 2:8.—Pass. be left, remain (Da 4:26) οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον not a stone will be left on another Mt 24:2; Mk 13:2; cp. Lk 21:6 (on the hyperbole cp. Reader, Polemo p. 338).

⑤ to convey a sense of distancing through an allowable margin of freedom, leave it to someone to do something, let, let go, allow, tolerate

ⓐ w. acc. (Arrian, Anab. 1, 25, 2; Himerius, Or. [Ecl.] 4, 1; 4 Km 4:27; PsSol 17:9) Mt 15:14; Mk 5:19; 11:6; 14:6; Lk 13:8; Ac 5:38. ἀφεῖς τ. γυναῖκα Ἰεζάβελ you tolerate the woman Jezebel Rv 2:20. ἐὰν ἀφῶμεν αὐτὸν οὕτως if we let him go on like this (i.e. doing miracles) J 11:48.—Related types of usage allow, let, permit, leave w. double acc. οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὐτὸν ἀφῆκεν God has not left himself without a witness Ac 14:17 (cp. Soph., Oed. Col. 1279 ἀ. τινὰ ἄτιμον; PFay 112, 13; POxy 494, 5f ἐλεύθερα ἀφίημι δοῦλά μου σώματα; 1 Macc 1:48). W. acc. and inf. (BGU 23, 7; POxy 121, 15; Ex 12:23; Num 22:13; PsSol 17:27) Mt 8:22; 13:30; 19:14; 23:13; Mk 1:34; 7:12, 27; 10:14; Lk 8:51; 9:60; 12:39; 18:16; J 11:44; 18:8; Rv 11:9; Hv 1, 3, 1; 3, 1, 8; Hs 9, 11, 6. W. ἵνα foll. Mk 11:16.

ⓑ The imperatives ἄφες, ἄφετε are used w. the subjunctive esp. in the first pers. (this is the source of Mod. Gk. ἄς; B-D-F §364, 1 and 2; Rob. 931f) ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος let me take out the speck Mt 7:4; Lk 6:42 (cp. Epict. 4, 1, 132 ἄφες σκέψωμαι; POxy 413, 184 [II 1d] ἄφες ἐγὼ αὐτὸν θρηνήσω). ἄφες (ἄφετε) ἴδωμεν let us see Mt 27:49; Mk 15:36 (cp. Epict. 3, 12, 15 ἄφες ἴδω). It is also used w. the third pers. (Epict. 1, 15, 7 ἄφες ἀνθήσῃ). And w. ἵνα in a colloquially expressed sentence ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα τηρήσῃ αὐτό let her be, so that she can keep it for the day of my burial J 12:7. (The usage Epict. 4, 13, 19 ἄφες οὖν, ἵνα κἀγὼ ταὐτὰ ὑπολάβω is not strictly parallel, for the impv. is not followed by a pronoun. The rendering let her keep it [s. Mlt. 175f] treats ἄφες as an auxiliary. NRSV’s addition, ‘She bought it’, is unnecessary.) The second pers. is rare ἄφες ἴδῃς Hs 8, 1, 4 acc. to PMich. Abs. let it be so, let it go (Chariton 4, 3, 6) Mt 3:15; GEb 18, 40 (w. ὅτι foll.=‘for’).—B. 768; 839; 1174. DELG s.v. ἵημι. M-M. TW. Sv.

ἁρπάζω fut. ἁρπάσω J 10:28; 1 aor. ἥρπασα; pf. 3 sg. ἥρπακεν Hos 6:1. Mid.: fut. ἁρπῶμαι LXX. Pass.: 2 fut. ἁρπαγήσομαι 1 Th 4:17; 1 aor. ἡρπάσθην Rv 12:5 (cp. Jos., Bell. 2, 69); 2 aor. ἡρπάγην 2 Cor 12:2, 4; Wsd 4:11 (Jos., Ant. 6, 14; 12, 144; B-D-F §71, 2) (s. ἁρπαγή; Hom.+) ‘snatch, seize’, i.e. take suddenly and vehemently, or take away in the sense of

① to make off w. someone’s property by attacking or seizing, steal, carry off, drag away (so mostly LXX; En 102:9) τὶ someth. of wild animals (Gen 37:33; Ps 7:3; JosAs 12:10) J 10:12 (X., Mem. 2, 7, 14); 1 Cl 35:11 (Ps 49:22). Of thieving people (SIG 1168, 111 [IV B.C.]; TestJob 18:1; Jos., Ant. 20, 214) τὰ σκεύη his property Mt 12:29. τὰ ἀλλότρια other people’s property B 10:4.

② to grab or seize suddenly so as to remove or gain control, snatch/take away

ⓐ forcefully τινά someone (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 113 §474; Polyaenus 8, 34; Ps.-Apollod. 1, 5, 1, 1 of Persephone; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 24, 3; Judg 21:21; TestJob 39:1) ἁ. αὐτόν take him away J 6:15 (cp. Jos., Bell. 4, 259, Ant. 19, 162; Philogonius, who ἐκ μέσης τ. ἀγορᾶς ἁρπασθείς was made a bishop [Chrysost. I p. 495d Montf.]; AcThom 165 [Aa II/2, 278, 5]); Ac 23:25 v.l. Of an arrest ἁ. τινὰ ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν take someone away fr. among them Ac 23:10. Of seed already sown tear out Mt 13:19. ἁ. ἐκ τ. χειρός snatch fr. the hand (cp. 2 Km 23:21) J 10:28f; Hv 2, 1, 4. Of rescue from threatening danger (JosAs 12:8): ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς ἁ. snatch fr. the fire Jd 23.

ⓑ in such a way that no resistance is offered (Herodian 1, 11, 5; Quint. Smyrn. 11, 291 [Aphrodite ‘snatches away’ Aeneas, who is in danger]; Wsd 4:11; ApcEsdr 5:7; ApcMos 37 εἰς τὴν Ἀχερουσίαν λίμνην; cp. ViEzk 15 [p. 75, 14 Sch.]; cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 113), esp. of the πνεῦμα κυρίου, which carries someone away Ac 8:39 (v.l. has ἄγγελος κυρίου.—On the word πνεῦμα, which can signify either ‘spirit’ or ‘wind’, cp. Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1114, where ἀναρπάζειν is used of winds which transport a person from one place to another far away). Pass. ἁρπαγῆναι ἕως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ be caught up to the third heaven 2 Cor 12:2 (Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.], Vir. Ill. c. 66 JFlach [1880]: Tribonian, a polytheist, says of Emperor Justinian ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθανεῖται, ἀλλὰ μετὰ σαρκὸς εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἁρπαγήσεται); ἁ. εἰς τ. παράδεισον vs. 4; ἁ. ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀέρα 1 Th 4:17; ἁ. πρὸς τ. θεόν Rv 12:5.—The mng. of ἁ. τὴν βασιλείαν τ. οὐρανῶν Mt 11:12 is difficult to determine; ἁ. beside βιάζειν (as Plut., Mor. 203c et al.; s. HAlmqvist, Plut. u. d. NT, ’46, 38; 117f; s. βιάζω 1a) prob. means someth. like seize or claim for oneself (cp. X., An. 6, 5, 18; 6, 6, 6; Epict. 4, 7, 22; Plut., Mor. 81c; Iren. 1, 16, 2 [Harv. I 161, 9]; s. WKnox, HTR 41, ’48, 237). Another possibility is plunder (Libanius, Or. 1 p. 147, 4 F. κώμας ἁ.; Polyaenus 8, 11 τ. πόλεως ἁρπαγή=plundering of the city).—Finally ἁ. τι grasp something quickly, eagerly, with desire (Musonius in Stob. 3, 7, 23 [III 315, 4 H.] ἅρπαζε τὸ καλῶς ἀποθνῄσκειν; Aelian, NA 2, 50; Libanius, Declam. 4, 81 vol. V 281, 16 F. ἁ. τὴν δωρεάν).—B. 744. DELG. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.